projects / binutils-gdb.git / blob
? search:
summary | shortlog | log | commit | commitdiff | tree
history | raw | HEAD
External/weak SOM fixes, branch limit corrections.
[binutils-gdb.git] / gas / config / tc-hppa.c
1 /* tc-hppa.c -- Assemble for the PA
2 Copyright (C) 1989, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
6
7 GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
10 any later version.
11
12 GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GAS; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
19 Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
20 02111-1307, USA. */
21
22 /* HP PA-RISC support was contributed by the Center for Software Science
23 at the University of Utah. */
24
25 #include <stdio.h>
26 #include <ctype.h>
27
28 #include "as.h"
29 #include "subsegs.h"
30
31 #include "bfd/libhppa.h"
32
33 /* Be careful, this file includes data *declarations*. */
34 #include "opcode/hppa.h"
35
36 #if defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (OBJ_SOM)
37 error only one of OBJ_ELF and OBJ_SOM can be defined
38 #endif
39
40 /* If we are using ELF, then we probably can support dwarf2 debug
41 records. Furthermore, if we are supporting dwarf2 debug records,
42 then we want to use the assembler support for compact line numbers. */
43 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
44 #include "dwarf2dbg.h"
45 struct dwarf2_line_info debug_line;
46
47 /* A "convient" place to put object file dependencies which do
48 not need to be seen outside of tc-hppa.c. */
49
50 /* Object file formats specify relocation types. */
51 typedef enum elf_hppa_reloc_type reloc_type;
52
53 /* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */
54 typedef elf_symbol_type obj_symbol_type;
55 #define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\
56 (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.hppa_arg_reloc)
57
58 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
59 /* How to generate a relocation. */
60 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf64_hppa_gen_reloc_type
61 #else
62 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf32_hppa_gen_reloc_type
63 #endif
64
65 /* ELF objects can have versions, but apparently do not have anywhere
66 to store a copyright string. */
67 #define obj_version obj_elf_version
68 #define obj_copyright obj_elf_version
69
70 #define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME ".PARISC.unwind"
71 #endif /* OBJ_ELF */
72
73 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
74 /* Names of various debugging spaces/subspaces. */
75 #define GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME "$GDB_DEBUG$"
76 #define GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_STRINGS$"
77 #define GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_SYMBOLS$"
78 #define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME "$UNWIND$"
79
80 /* Object file formats specify relocation types. */
81 typedef int reloc_type;
82
83 /* SOM objects can have both a version string and a copyright string. */
84 #define obj_version obj_som_version
85 #define obj_copyright obj_som_copyright
86
87 /* How to generate a relocation. */
88 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type hppa_som_gen_reloc_type
89
90 /* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */
91 typedef som_symbol_type obj_symbol_type;
92 #define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\
93 (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.ap.hppa_arg_reloc)
94
95 /* This apparently isn't in older versions of hpux reloc.h. */
96 #ifndef R_DLT_REL
97 #define R_DLT_REL 0x78
98 #endif
99
100 #ifndef R_N0SEL
101 #define R_N0SEL 0xd8
102 #endif
103
104 #ifndef R_N1SEL
105 #define R_N1SEL 0xd9
106 #endif
107 #endif /* OBJ_SOM */
108
109 /* Various structures and types used internally in tc-hppa.c. */
110
111 /* Unwind table and descriptor. FIXME: Sync this with GDB version. */
112
113 struct unwind_desc
114 {
115 unsigned int cannot_unwind:1;
116 unsigned int millicode:1;
117 unsigned int millicode_save_rest:1;
118 unsigned int region_desc:2;
119 unsigned int save_sr:2;
120 unsigned int entry_fr:4;
121 unsigned int entry_gr:5;
122 unsigned int args_stored:1;
123 unsigned int call_fr:5;
124 unsigned int call_gr:5;
125 unsigned int save_sp:1;
126 unsigned int save_rp:1;
127 unsigned int save_rp_in_frame:1;
128 unsigned int extn_ptr_defined:1;
129 unsigned int cleanup_defined:1;
130
131 unsigned int hpe_interrupt_marker:1;
132 unsigned int hpux_interrupt_marker:1;
133 unsigned int reserved:3;
134 unsigned int frame_size:27;
135 };
136
137 struct unwind_table
138 {
139 /* Starting and ending offsets of the region described by
140 descriptor. */
141 unsigned int start_offset;
142 unsigned int end_offset;
143 struct unwind_desc descriptor;
144 };
145
146 /* This structure is used by the .callinfo, .enter, .leave pseudo-ops to
147 control the entry and exit code they generate. It is also used in
148 creation of the correct stack unwind descriptors.
149
150 NOTE: GAS does not support .enter and .leave for the generation of
151 prologues and epilogues. FIXME.
152
153 The fields in structure roughly correspond to the arguments available on the
154 .callinfo pseudo-op. */
155
156 struct call_info
157 {
158 /* The unwind descriptor being built. */
159 struct unwind_table ci_unwind;
160
161 /* Name of this function. */
162 symbolS *start_symbol;
163
164 /* (temporary) symbol used to mark the end of this function. */
165 symbolS *end_symbol;
166
167 /* Next entry in the chain. */
168 struct call_info *ci_next;
169 };
170
171 /* Operand formats for FP instructions. Note not all FP instructions
172 allow all four formats to be used (for example fmpysub only allows
173 SGL and DBL). */
174 typedef enum
175 {
176 SGL, DBL, ILLEGAL_FMT, QUAD, W, UW, DW, UDW, QW, UQW
177 }
178 fp_operand_format;
179
180 /* This fully describes the symbol types which may be attached to
181 an EXPORT or IMPORT directive. Only SOM uses this formation
182 (ELF has no need for it). */
183 typedef enum
184 {
185 SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN,
186 SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE,
187 SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE,
188 SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA,
189 SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY,
190 SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE,
191 SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL,
192 SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG,
193 SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG,
194 }
195 pa_symbol_type;
196
197 /* This structure contains information needed to assemble
198 individual instructions. */
199 struct pa_it
200 {
201 /* Holds the opcode after parsing by pa_ip. */
202 unsigned long opcode;
203
204 /* Holds an expression associated with the current instruction. */
205 expressionS exp;
206
207 /* Does this instruction use PC-relative addressing. */
208 int pcrel;
209
210 /* Floating point formats for operand1 and operand2. */
211 fp_operand_format fpof1;
212 fp_operand_format fpof2;
213
214 /* Whether or not we saw a truncation request on an fcnv insn. */
215 int trunc;
216
217 /* Holds the field selector for this instruction
218 (for example L%, LR%, etc). */
219 long field_selector;
220
221 /* Holds any argument relocation bits associated with this
222 instruction. (instruction should be some sort of call). */
223 unsigned int arg_reloc;
224
225 /* The format specification for this instruction. */
226 int format;
227
228 /* The relocation (if any) associated with this instruction. */
229 reloc_type reloc;
230 };
231
232 /* PA-89 floating point registers are arranged like this:
233
234 +--------------+--------------+
235 | 0 or 16L | 16 or 16R |
236 +--------------+--------------+
237 | 1 or 17L | 17 or 17R |
238 +--------------+--------------+
239 | | |
240
241 . . .
242 . . .
243 . . .
244
245 | | |
246 +--------------+--------------+
247 | 14 or 30L | 30 or 30R |
248 +--------------+--------------+
249 | 15 or 31L | 31 or 31R |
250 +--------------+--------------+ */
251
252 /* Additional information needed to build argument relocation stubs. */
253 struct call_desc
254 {
255 /* The argument relocation specification. */
256 unsigned int arg_reloc;
257
258 /* Number of arguments. */
259 unsigned int arg_count;
260 };
261
262 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
263 /* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary
264 chain. */
265
266 struct subspace_dictionary_chain
267 {
268 /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code. */
269 unsigned int ssd_defined;
270
271 /* Name of this subspace. */
272 char *ssd_name;
273
274 /* GAS segment and subsegment associated with this subspace. */
275 asection *ssd_seg;
276 int ssd_subseg;
277
278 /* Next space in the subspace dictionary chain. */
279 struct subspace_dictionary_chain *ssd_next;
280 };
281
282 typedef struct subspace_dictionary_chain ssd_chain_struct;
283
284 /* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary
285 chain. */
286
287 struct space_dictionary_chain
288 {
289 /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code or
290 as a default space. */
291 unsigned int sd_defined;
292
293 /* Nonzero if this spaces has been defined by the user code. */
294 unsigned int sd_user_defined;
295
296 /* The space number (or index). */
297 unsigned int sd_spnum;
298
299 /* The name of this subspace. */
300 char *sd_name;
301
302 /* GAS segment to which this subspace corresponds. */
303 asection *sd_seg;
304
305 /* Current subsegment number being used. */
306 int sd_last_subseg;
307
308 /* The chain of subspaces contained within this space. */
309 ssd_chain_struct *sd_subspaces;
310
311 /* The next entry in the space dictionary chain. */
312 struct space_dictionary_chain *sd_next;
313 };
314
315 typedef struct space_dictionary_chain sd_chain_struct;
316
317 /* This structure defines attributes of the default subspace
318 dictionary entries. */
319
320 struct default_subspace_dict
321 {
322 /* Name of the subspace. */
323 char *name;
324
325 /* FIXME. Is this still needed? */
326 char defined;
327
328 /* Nonzero if this subspace is loadable. */
329 char loadable;
330
331 /* Nonzero if this subspace contains only code. */
332 char code_only;
333
334 /* Nonzero if this is a common subspace. */
335 char common;
336
337 /* Nonzero if this is a common subspace which allows symbols
338 to be multiply defined. */
339 char dup_common;
340
341 /* Nonzero if this subspace should be zero filled. */
342 char zero;
343
344 /* Sort key for this subspace. */
345 unsigned char sort;
346
347 /* Access control bits for this subspace. Can represent RWX access
348 as well as privilege level changes for gateways. */
349 int access;
350
351 /* Index of containing space. */
352 int space_index;
353
354 /* Alignment (in bytes) of this subspace. */
355 int alignment;
356
357 /* Quadrant within space where this subspace should be loaded. */
358 int quadrant;
359
360 /* An index into the default spaces array. */
361 int def_space_index;
362
363 /* Subsegment associated with this subspace. */
364 subsegT subsegment;
365 };
366
367 /* This structure defines attributes of the default space
368 dictionary entries. */
369
370 struct default_space_dict
371 {
372 /* Name of the space. */
373 char *name;
374
375 /* Space number. It is possible to identify spaces within
376 assembly code numerically! */
377 int spnum;
378
379 /* Nonzero if this space is loadable. */
380 char loadable;
381
382 /* Nonzero if this space is "defined". FIXME is still needed */
383 char defined;
384
385 /* Nonzero if this space can not be shared. */
386 char private;
387
388 /* Sort key for this space. */
389 unsigned char sort;
390
391 /* Segment associated with this space. */
392 asection *segment;
393 };
394 #endif
395
396 /* Structure for previous label tracking. Needed so that alignments,
397 callinfo declarations, etc can be easily attached to a particular
398 label. */
399 typedef struct label_symbol_struct
400 {
401 struct symbol *lss_label;
402 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
403 sd_chain_struct *lss_space;
404 #endif
405 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
406 segT lss_segment;
407 #endif
408 struct label_symbol_struct *lss_next;
409 }
410 label_symbol_struct;
411
412 /* Extra information needed to perform fixups (relocations) on the PA. */
413 struct hppa_fix_struct
414 {
415 /* The field selector. */
416 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt fx_r_field;
417
418 /* Type of fixup. */
419 int fx_r_type;
420
421 /* Format of fixup. */
422 int fx_r_format;
423
424 /* Argument relocation bits. */
425 unsigned int fx_arg_reloc;
426
427 /* The segment this fixup appears in. */
428 segT segment;
429 };
430
431 /* Structure to hold information about predefined registers. */
432
433 struct pd_reg
434 {
435 char *name;
436 int value;
437 };
438
439 /* This structure defines the mapping from a FP condition string
440 to a condition number which can be recorded in an instruction. */
441 struct fp_cond_map
442 {
443 char *string;
444 int cond;
445 };
446
447 /* This structure defines a mapping from a field selector
448 string to a field selector type. */
449 struct selector_entry
450 {
451 char *prefix;
452 int field_selector;
453 };
454
455 /* Prototypes for functions local to tc-hppa.c. */
456
457 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
458 static void pa_check_current_space_and_subspace PARAMS ((void));
459 #endif
460
461 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX))
462 static void pa_text PARAMS ((int));
463 static void pa_data PARAMS ((int));
464 static void pa_comm PARAMS ((int));
465 #endif
466 static fp_operand_format pa_parse_fp_format PARAMS ((char **s));
467 static void pa_cons PARAMS ((int));
468 static void pa_float_cons PARAMS ((int));
469 static void pa_fill PARAMS ((int));
470 static void pa_lcomm PARAMS ((int));
471 static void pa_lsym PARAMS ((int));
472 static void pa_stringer PARAMS ((int));
473 static void pa_version PARAMS ((int));
474 static int pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond PARAMS ((char **));
475 static int get_expression PARAMS ((char *));
476 static int pa_get_absolute_expression PARAMS ((struct pa_it *, char **));
477 static int evaluate_absolute PARAMS ((struct pa_it *));
478 static unsigned int pa_build_arg_reloc PARAMS ((char *));
479 static unsigned int pa_align_arg_reloc PARAMS ((unsigned int, unsigned int));
480 static int pa_parse_nullif PARAMS ((char **));
481 static int pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **, int));
482 static int pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **, int));
483 static int pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **, int));
484 static int pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **, int));
485 static int pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
486 static int pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
487 static int pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
488 static void pa_block PARAMS ((int));
489 static void pa_brtab PARAMS ((int));
490 static void pa_try PARAMS ((int));
491 static void pa_call PARAMS ((int));
492 static void pa_call_args PARAMS ((struct call_desc *));
493 static void pa_callinfo PARAMS ((int));
494 static void pa_copyright PARAMS ((int));
495 static void pa_end PARAMS ((int));
496 static void pa_enter PARAMS ((int));
497 static void pa_entry PARAMS ((int));
498 static void pa_equ PARAMS ((int));
499 static void pa_exit PARAMS ((int));
500 static void pa_export PARAMS ((int));
501 static void pa_type_args PARAMS ((symbolS *, int));
502 static void pa_import PARAMS ((int));
503 static void pa_label PARAMS ((int));
504 static void pa_leave PARAMS ((int));
505 static void pa_level PARAMS ((int));
506 static void pa_origin PARAMS ((int));
507 static void pa_proc PARAMS ((int));
508 static void pa_procend PARAMS ((int));
509 static void pa_param PARAMS ((int));
510 static void pa_undefine_label PARAMS ((void));
511 static int need_pa11_opcode PARAMS ((void));
512 static int pa_parse_number PARAMS ((char **, int));
513 static label_symbol_struct *pa_get_label PARAMS ((void));
514 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
515 static int log2 PARAMS ((int));
516 static void pa_compiler PARAMS ((int));
517 static void pa_align PARAMS ((int));
518 static void pa_space PARAMS ((int));
519 static void pa_spnum PARAMS ((int));
520 static void pa_subspace PARAMS ((int));
521 static sd_chain_struct *create_new_space PARAMS ((char *, int, int,
522 int, int, int,
523 asection *, int));
524 static ssd_chain_struct *create_new_subspace PARAMS ((sd_chain_struct *,
525 char *, int, int,
526 int, int, int,
527 int, int, int, int,
528 int, asection *));
529 static ssd_chain_struct *update_subspace PARAMS ((sd_chain_struct *,
530 char *, int, int, int,
531 int, int, int, int,
532 int, int, int,
533 asection *));
534 static sd_chain_struct *is_defined_space PARAMS ((char *));
535 static ssd_chain_struct *is_defined_subspace PARAMS ((char *));
536 static sd_chain_struct *pa_segment_to_space PARAMS ((asection *));
537 static ssd_chain_struct *pa_subsegment_to_subspace PARAMS ((asection *,
538 subsegT));
539 static sd_chain_struct *pa_find_space_by_number PARAMS ((int));
540 static unsigned int pa_subspace_start PARAMS ((sd_chain_struct *, int));
541 static sd_chain_struct *pa_parse_space_stmt PARAMS ((char *, int));
542 static int pa_next_subseg PARAMS ((sd_chain_struct *));
543 static void pa_spaces_begin PARAMS ((void));
544 #endif
545 static void pa_ip PARAMS ((char *));
546 static void fix_new_hppa PARAMS ((fragS *, int, int, symbolS *,
547 offsetT, expressionS *, int,
548 bfd_reloc_code_real_type,
549 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt,
550 int, unsigned int, int *));
551 static int is_end_of_statement PARAMS ((void));
552 static int reg_name_search PARAMS ((char *));
553 static int pa_chk_field_selector PARAMS ((char **));
554 static int is_same_frag PARAMS ((fragS *, fragS *));
555 static void process_exit PARAMS ((void));
556 static unsigned int pa_stringer_aux PARAMS ((char *));
557 static fp_operand_format pa_parse_fp_cnv_format PARAMS ((char **s));
558 static int pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer PARAMS ((char **));
559
560 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
561 static void hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function PARAMS ((void));
562 static void pa_build_unwind_subspace PARAMS ((struct call_info *));
563 static void pa_vtable_entry PARAMS ((int));
564 static void pa_vtable_inherit PARAMS ((int));
565 #endif
566
567 /* File and gloally scoped variable declarations. */
568
569 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
570 /* Root and final entry in the space chain. */
571 static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_root;
572 static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_last;
573
574 /* The current space and subspace. */
575 static sd_chain_struct *current_space;
576 static ssd_chain_struct *current_subspace;
577 #endif
578
579 /* Root of the call_info chain. */
580 static struct call_info *call_info_root;
581
582 /* The last call_info (for functions) structure
583 seen so it can be associated with fixups and
584 function labels. */
585 static struct call_info *last_call_info;
586
587 /* The last call description (for actual calls). */
588 static struct call_desc last_call_desc;
589
590 /* handle of the OPCODE hash table */
591 static struct hash_control *op_hash = NULL;
592
593 /* Table of pseudo ops for the PA. FIXME -- how many of these
594 are now redundant with the overall GAS and the object file
595 dependent tables? */
596 const pseudo_typeS md_pseudo_table[] =
597 {
598 /* align pseudo-ops on the PA specify the actual alignment requested,
599 not the log2 of the requested alignment. */
600 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
601 {"align", pa_align, 8},
602 #endif
603 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
604 {"align", s_align_bytes, 8},
605 #endif
606 {"begin_brtab", pa_brtab, 1},
607 {"begin_try", pa_try, 1},
608 {"block", pa_block, 1},
609 {"blockz", pa_block, 0},
610 {"byte", pa_cons, 1},
611 {"call", pa_call, 0},
612 {"callinfo", pa_callinfo, 0},
613 #if defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX)
614 {"code", obj_elf_text, 0},
615 #else
616 {"code", pa_text, 0},
617 {"comm", pa_comm, 0},
618 #endif
619 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
620 {"compiler", pa_compiler, 0},
621 #endif
622 {"copyright", pa_copyright, 0},
623 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX))
624 {"data", pa_data, 0},
625 #endif
626 {"double", pa_float_cons, 'd'},
627 {"dword", pa_cons, 8},
628 {"end", pa_end, 0},
629 {"end_brtab", pa_brtab, 0},
630 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX))
631 {"end_try", pa_try, 0},
632 #endif
633 {"enter", pa_enter, 0},
634 {"entry", pa_entry, 0},
635 {"equ", pa_equ, 0},
636 {"exit", pa_exit, 0},
637 {"export", pa_export, 0},
638 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
639 {"file", dwarf2_directive_file, 0 },
640 #endif
641 {"fill", pa_fill, 0},
642 {"float", pa_float_cons, 'f'},
643 {"half", pa_cons, 2},
644 {"import", pa_import, 0},
645 {"int", pa_cons, 4},
646 {"label", pa_label, 0},
647 {"lcomm", pa_lcomm, 0},
648 {"leave", pa_leave, 0},
649 {"level", pa_level, 0},
650 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
651 {"loc", dwarf2_directive_loc, 0 },
652 #endif
653 {"long", pa_cons, 4},
654 {"lsym", pa_lsym, 0},
655 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
656 {"nsubspa", pa_subspace, 1},
657 #endif
658 {"octa", pa_cons, 16},
659 {"org", pa_origin, 0},
660 {"origin", pa_origin, 0},
661 {"param", pa_param, 0},
662 {"proc", pa_proc, 0},
663 {"procend", pa_procend, 0},
664 {"quad", pa_cons, 8},
665 {"reg", pa_equ, 1},
666 {"short", pa_cons, 2},
667 {"single", pa_float_cons, 'f'},
668 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
669 {"space", pa_space, 0},
670 {"spnum", pa_spnum, 0},
671 #endif
672 {"string", pa_stringer, 0},
673 {"stringz", pa_stringer, 1},
674 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
675 {"subspa", pa_subspace, 0},
676 #endif
677 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX))
678 {"text", pa_text, 0},
679 #endif
680 {"version", pa_version, 0},
681 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
682 {"vtable_entry", pa_vtable_entry, 0},
683 {"vtable_inherit", pa_vtable_inherit, 0},
684 #endif
685 {"word", pa_cons, 4},
686 {NULL, 0, 0}
687 };
688
689 /* This array holds the chars that only start a comment at the beginning of
690 a line. If the line seems to have the form '# 123 filename'
691 .line and .file directives will appear in the pre-processed output.
692
693 Note that input_file.c hand checks for '#' at the beginning of the
694 first line of the input file. This is because the compiler outputs
695 #NO_APP at the beginning of its output.
696
697 Also note that C style comments will always work. */
698 const char line_comment_chars[] = "#";
699
700 /* This array holds the chars that always start a comment. If the
701 pre-processor is disabled, these aren't very useful. */
702 const char comment_chars[] = ";";
703
704 /* This array holds the characters which act as line separators. */
705 const char line_separator_chars[] = "!";
706
707 /* Chars that can be used to separate mant from exp in floating point nums. */
708 const char EXP_CHARS[] = "eE";
709
710 /* Chars that mean this number is a floating point constant.
711 As in 0f12.456 or 0d1.2345e12.
712
713 Be aware that MAXIMUM_NUMBER_OF_CHARS_FOR_FLOAT may have to be
714 changed in read.c. Ideally it shouldn't hae to know abou it at
715 all, but nothing is ideal around here. */
716 const char FLT_CHARS[] = "rRsSfFdDxXpP";
717
718 static struct pa_it the_insn;
719
720 /* Points to the end of an expression just parsed by get_expressoin
721 and friends. FIXME. This shouldn't be handled with a file-global
722 variable. */
723 static char *expr_end;
724
725 /* Nonzero if a .callinfo appeared within the current procedure. */
726 static int callinfo_found;
727
728 /* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a .entry/.exit pair. */
729 static int within_entry_exit;
730
731 /* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a procedure definition. */
732 static int within_procedure;
733
734 /* Handle on structure which keep track of the last symbol
735 seen in each subspace. */
736 static label_symbol_struct *label_symbols_rootp = NULL;
737
738 /* Holds the last field selector. */
739 static int hppa_field_selector;
740
741 /* Nonzero when strict syntax checking is enabled. Zero otherwise.
742
743 Each opcode in the table has a flag which indicates whether or not
744 strict syntax checking should be enabled for that instruction. */
745 static int strict = 0;
746
747 /* pa_parse_number returns values in `pa_number'. Mostly
748 pa_parse_number is used to return a register number, with floating
749 point registers being numbered from FP_REG_BASE upwards.
750 The bit specified with FP_REG_RSEL is set if the floating point
751 register has a `r' suffix. */
752 #define FP_REG_BASE 64
753 #define FP_REG_RSEL 128
754 static int pa_number;
755
756 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
757 /* A dummy bfd symbol so that all relocations have symbols of some kind. */
758 static symbolS *dummy_symbol;
759 #endif
760
761 /* Nonzero if errors are to be printed. */
762 static int print_errors = 1;
763
764 /* List of registers that are pre-defined:
765
766 Each general register has one predefined name of the form
767 %r<REGNUM> which has the value <REGNUM>.
768
769 Space and control registers are handled in a similar manner,
770 but use %sr<REGNUM> and %cr<REGNUM> as their predefined names.
771
772 Likewise for the floating point registers, but of the form
773 %fr<REGNUM>. Floating point registers have additional predefined
774 names with 'L' and 'R' suffixes (e.g. %fr19L, %fr19R) which
775 again have the value <REGNUM>.
776
777 Many registers also have synonyms:
778
779 %r26 - %r23 have %arg0 - %arg3 as synonyms
780 %r28 - %r29 have %ret0 - %ret1 as synonyms
781 %r30 has %sp as a synonym
782 %r27 has %dp as a synonym
783 %r2 has %rp as a synonym
784
785 Almost every control register has a synonym; they are not listed
786 here for brevity.
787
788 The table is sorted. Suitable for searching by a binary search. */
789
790 static const struct pd_reg pre_defined_registers[] =
791 {
792 {"%arg0", 26},
793 {"%arg1", 25},
794 {"%arg2", 24},
795 {"%arg3", 23},
796 {"%cr0", 0},
797 {"%cr10", 10},
798 {"%cr11", 11},
799 {"%cr12", 12},
800 {"%cr13", 13},
801 {"%cr14", 14},
802 {"%cr15", 15},
803 {"%cr16", 16},
804 {"%cr17", 17},
805 {"%cr18", 18},
806 {"%cr19", 19},
807 {"%cr20", 20},
808 {"%cr21", 21},
809 {"%cr22", 22},
810 {"%cr23", 23},
811 {"%cr24", 24},
812 {"%cr25", 25},
813 {"%cr26", 26},
814 {"%cr27", 27},
815 {"%cr28", 28},
816 {"%cr29", 29},
817 {"%cr30", 30},
818 {"%cr31", 31},
819 {"%cr8", 8},
820 {"%cr9", 9},
821 {"%dp", 27},
822 {"%eiem", 15},
823 {"%eirr", 23},
824 {"%fr0", 0 + FP_REG_BASE},
825 {"%fr0l", 0 + FP_REG_BASE},
826 {"%fr0r", 0 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
827 {"%fr1", 1 + FP_REG_BASE},
828 {"%fr10", 10 + FP_REG_BASE},
829 {"%fr10l", 10 + FP_REG_BASE},
830 {"%fr10r", 10 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
831 {"%fr11", 11 + FP_REG_BASE},
832 {"%fr11l", 11 + FP_REG_BASE},
833 {"%fr11r", 11 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
834 {"%fr12", 12 + FP_REG_BASE},
835 {"%fr12l", 12 + FP_REG_BASE},
836 {"%fr12r", 12 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
837 {"%fr13", 13 + FP_REG_BASE},
838 {"%fr13l", 13 + FP_REG_BASE},
839 {"%fr13r", 13 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
840 {"%fr14", 14 + FP_REG_BASE},
841 {"%fr14l", 14 + FP_REG_BASE},
842 {"%fr14r", 14 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
843 {"%fr15", 15 + FP_REG_BASE},
844 {"%fr15l", 15 + FP_REG_BASE},
845 {"%fr15r", 15 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
846 {"%fr16", 16 + FP_REG_BASE},
847 {"%fr16l", 16 + FP_REG_BASE},
848 {"%fr16r", 16 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
849 {"%fr17", 17 + FP_REG_BASE},
850 {"%fr17l", 17 + FP_REG_BASE},
851 {"%fr17r", 17 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
852 {"%fr18", 18 + FP_REG_BASE},
853 {"%fr18l", 18 + FP_REG_BASE},
854 {"%fr18r", 18 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
855 {"%fr19", 19 + FP_REG_BASE},
856 {"%fr19l", 19 + FP_REG_BASE},
857 {"%fr19r", 19 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
858 {"%fr1l", 1 + FP_REG_BASE},
859 {"%fr1r", 1 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
860 {"%fr2", 2 + FP_REG_BASE},
861 {"%fr20", 20 + FP_REG_BASE},
862 {"%fr20l", 20 + FP_REG_BASE},
863 {"%fr20r", 20 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
864 {"%fr21", 21 + FP_REG_BASE},
865 {"%fr21l", 21 + FP_REG_BASE},
866 {"%fr21r", 21 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
867 {"%fr22", 22 + FP_REG_BASE},
868 {"%fr22l", 22 + FP_REG_BASE},
869 {"%fr22r", 22 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
870 {"%fr23", 23 + FP_REG_BASE},
871 {"%fr23l", 23 + FP_REG_BASE},
872 {"%fr23r", 23 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
873 {"%fr24", 24 + FP_REG_BASE},
874 {"%fr24l", 24 + FP_REG_BASE},
875 {"%fr24r", 24 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
876 {"%fr25", 25 + FP_REG_BASE},
877 {"%fr25l", 25 + FP_REG_BASE},
878 {"%fr25r", 25 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
879 {"%fr26", 26 + FP_REG_BASE},
880 {"%fr26l", 26 + FP_REG_BASE},
881 {"%fr26r", 26 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
882 {"%fr27", 27 + FP_REG_BASE},
883 {"%fr27l", 27 + FP_REG_BASE},
884 {"%fr27r", 27 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
885 {"%fr28", 28 + FP_REG_BASE},
886 {"%fr28l", 28 + FP_REG_BASE},
887 {"%fr28r", 28 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
888 {"%fr29", 29 + FP_REG_BASE},
889 {"%fr29l", 29 + FP_REG_BASE},
890 {"%fr29r", 29 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
891 {"%fr2l", 2 + FP_REG_BASE},
892 {"%fr2r", 2 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
893 {"%fr3", 3 + FP_REG_BASE},
894 {"%fr30", 30 + FP_REG_BASE},
895 {"%fr30l", 30 + FP_REG_BASE},
896 {"%fr30r", 30 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
897 {"%fr31", 31 + FP_REG_BASE},
898 {"%fr31l", 31 + FP_REG_BASE},
899 {"%fr31r", 31 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
900 {"%fr3l", 3 + FP_REG_BASE},
901 {"%fr3r", 3 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
902 {"%fr4", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
903 {"%fr4l", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
904 {"%fr4r", 4 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
905 {"%fr5", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
906 {"%fr5l", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
907 {"%fr5r", 5 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
908 {"%fr6", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
909 {"%fr6l", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
910 {"%fr6r", 6 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
911 {"%fr7", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
912 {"%fr7l", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
913 {"%fr7r", 7 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
914 {"%fr8", 8 + FP_REG_BASE},
915 {"%fr8l", 8 + FP_REG_BASE},
916 {"%fr8r", 8 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
917 {"%fr9", 9 + FP_REG_BASE},
918 {"%fr9l", 9 + FP_REG_BASE},
919 {"%fr9r", 9 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
920 {"%hta", 25},
921 {"%iir", 19},
922 {"%ior", 21},
923 {"%ipsw", 22},
924 {"%isr", 20},
925 {"%itmr", 16},
926 {"%iva", 14},
927 {"%pcoq", 18},
928 {"%pcsq", 17},
929 {"%pidr1", 8},
930 {"%pidr2", 9},
931 {"%pidr3", 12},
932 {"%pidr4", 13},
933 {"%ppda", 24},
934 {"%r0", 0},
935 {"%r1", 1},
936 {"%r10", 10},
937 {"%r11", 11},
938 {"%r12", 12},
939 {"%r13", 13},
940 {"%r14", 14},
941 {"%r15", 15},
942 {"%r16", 16},
943 {"%r17", 17},
944 {"%r18", 18},
945 {"%r19", 19},
946 {"%r2", 2},
947 {"%r20", 20},
948 {"%r21", 21},
949 {"%r22", 22},
950 {"%r23", 23},
951 {"%r24", 24},
952 {"%r25", 25},
953 {"%r26", 26},
954 {"%r27", 27},
955 {"%r28", 28},
956 {"%r29", 29},
957 {"%r3", 3},
958 {"%r30", 30},
959 {"%r31", 31},
960 {"%r4", 4},
961 {"%r5", 5},
962 {"%r6", 6},
963 {"%r7", 7},
964 {"%r8", 8},
965 {"%r9", 9},
966 {"%rctr", 0},
967 {"%ret0", 28},
968 {"%ret1", 29},
969 {"%rp", 2},
970 {"%sar", 11},
971 {"%sp", 30},
972 {"%sr0", 0},
973 {"%sr1", 1},
974 {"%sr2", 2},
975 {"%sr3", 3},
976 {"%sr4", 4},
977 {"%sr5", 5},
978 {"%sr6", 6},
979 {"%sr7", 7},
980 {"%tr0", 24},
981 {"%tr1", 25},
982 {"%tr2", 26},
983 {"%tr3", 27},
984 {"%tr4", 28},
985 {"%tr5", 29},
986 {"%tr6", 30},
987 {"%tr7", 31}
988 };
989
990 /* This table is sorted by order of the length of the string. This is
991 so we check for <> before we check for <. If we had a <> and checked
992 for < first, we would get a false match. */
993 static const struct fp_cond_map fp_cond_map[] =
994 {
995 {"false?", 0},
996 {"false", 1},
997 {"true?", 30},
998 {"true", 31},
999 {"!<=>", 3},
1000 {"!?>=", 8},
1001 {"!?<=", 16},
1002 {"!<>", 7},
1003 {"!>=", 11},
1004 {"!?>", 12},
1005 {"?<=", 14},
1006 {"!<=", 19},
1007 {"!?<", 20},
1008 {"?>=", 22},
1009 {"!?=", 24},
1010 {"!=t", 27},
1011 {"<=>", 29},
1012 {"=t", 5},
1013 {"?=", 6},
1014 {"?<", 10},
1015 {"<=", 13},
1016 {"!>", 15},
1017 {"?>", 18},
1018 {">=", 21},
1019 {"!<", 23},
1020 {"<>", 25},
1021 {"!=", 26},
1022 {"!?", 28},
1023 {"?", 2},
1024 {"=", 4},
1025 {"<", 9},
1026 {">", 17}
1027 };
1028
1029 static const struct selector_entry selector_table[] =
1030 {
1031 {"f", e_fsel},
1032 {"l", e_lsel},
1033 {"ld", e_ldsel},
1034 {"lp", e_lpsel},
1035 {"lr", e_lrsel},
1036 {"ls", e_lssel},
1037 {"lt", e_ltsel},
1038 {"ltp", e_ltpsel},
1039 {"n", e_nsel},
1040 {"nl", e_nlsel},
1041 {"nlr", e_nlrsel},
1042 {"p", e_psel},
1043 {"r", e_rsel},
1044 {"rd", e_rdsel},
1045 {"rp", e_rpsel},
1046 {"rr", e_rrsel},
1047 {"rs", e_rssel},
1048 {"rt", e_rtsel},
1049 {"rtp", e_rtpsel},
1050 {"t", e_tsel},
1051 };
1052
1053 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1054 /* default space and subspace dictionaries */
1055
1056 #define GDB_SYMBOLS GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME
1057 #define GDB_STRINGS GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME
1058
1059 /* pre-defined subsegments (subspaces) for the HPPA. */
1060 #define SUBSEG_CODE 0
1061 #define SUBSEG_LIT 1
1062 #define SUBSEG_MILLI 2
1063 #define SUBSEG_DATA 0
1064 #define SUBSEG_BSS 2
1065 #define SUBSEG_UNWIND 3
1066 #define SUBSEG_GDB_STRINGS 0
1067 #define SUBSEG_GDB_SYMBOLS 1
1068
1069 static struct default_subspace_dict pa_def_subspaces[] =
1070 {
1071 {"$CODE$", 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_CODE},
1072 {"$DATA$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_DATA},
1073 {"$LIT$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 16, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_LIT},
1074 {"$MILLICODE$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 8, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_MILLI},
1075 {"$BSS$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 80, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_BSS},
1076 {NULL, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 255, 0x1f, 0, 4, 0, 0, 0}
1077 };
1078
1079 static struct default_space_dict pa_def_spaces[] =
1080 {
1081 {"$TEXT$", 0, 1, 1, 0, 8, ASEC_NULL},
1082 {"$PRIVATE$", 1, 1, 1, 1, 16, ASEC_NULL},
1083 {NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, ASEC_NULL}
1084 };
1085
1086 /* Misc local definitions used by the assembler. */
1087
1088 /* These macros are used to maintain spaces/subspaces. */
1089 #define SPACE_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_defined
1090 #define SPACE_USER_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_user_defined
1091 #define SPACE_SPNUM(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_spnum
1092 #define SPACE_NAME(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_name
1093
1094 #define SUBSPACE_DEFINED(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_defined
1095 #define SUBSPACE_NAME(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_name
1096 #endif
1097
1098 /* Return nonzero if the string pointed to by S potentially represents
1099 a right or left half of a FP register */
1100 #define IS_R_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'R' || *(S) == 'r')
1101 #define IS_L_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'L' || *(S) == 'l')
1102
1103 /* Insert FIELD into OPCODE starting at bit START. Continue pa_ip
1104 main loop after insertion. */
1105
1106 #define INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE(OPCODE, FIELD, START) \
1107 { \
1108 ((OPCODE) |= (FIELD) << (START)); \
1109 continue; \
1110 }
1111
1112 /* Simple range checking for FIELD againt HIGH and LOW bounds.
1113 IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */
1114
1115 #define CHECK_FIELD(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, IGNORE) \
1116 { \
1117 if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \
1118 { \
1119 if (! IGNORE) \
1120 as_bad (_("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \
1121 (int) (FIELD));\
1122 break; \
1123 } \
1124 }
1125
1126 /* Simple alignment checking for FIELD againt ALIGN (a power of two).
1127 IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */
1128
1129 #define CHECK_ALIGN(FIELD, ALIGN, IGNORE) \
1130 { \
1131 if ((FIELD) & ((ALIGN) - 1)) \
1132 { \
1133 if (! IGNORE) \
1134 as_bad (_("Field not properly aligned [%d] (%d)."), (ALIGN), \
1135 (int) (FIELD));\
1136 break; \
1137 } \
1138 }
1139
1140 #define is_DP_relative(exp) \
1141 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1142 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$global$") == 0)
1143
1144 #define is_PC_relative(exp) \
1145 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1146 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0)
1147
1148 /* We need some complex handling for stabs (sym1 - sym2). Luckily, we'll
1149 always be able to reduce the expression to a constant, so we don't
1150 need real complex handling yet. */
1151 #define is_complex(exp) \
1152 ((exp).X_op != O_constant && (exp).X_op != O_symbol)
1153
1154 /* Actual functions to implement the PA specific code for the assembler. */
1155
1156 /* Called before writing the object file. Make sure entry/exit and
1157 proc/procend pairs match. */
1158
1159 void
1160 pa_check_eof ()
1161 {
1162 if (within_entry_exit)
1163 as_fatal (_("Missing .exit\n"));
1164
1165 if (within_procedure)
1166 as_fatal (_("Missing .procend\n"));
1167 }
1168
1169 /* Returns a pointer to the label_symbol_struct for the current space.
1170 or NULL if no label_symbol_struct exists for the current space. */
1171
1172 static label_symbol_struct *
1173 pa_get_label ()
1174 {
1175 label_symbol_struct *label_chain;
1176
1177 for (label_chain = label_symbols_rootp;
1178 label_chain;
1179 label_chain = label_chain->lss_next)
1180 {
1181 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1182 if (current_space == label_chain->lss_space && label_chain->lss_label)
1183 return label_chain;
1184 #endif
1185 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1186 if (now_seg == label_chain->lss_segment && label_chain->lss_label)
1187 return label_chain;
1188 #endif
1189 }
1190
1191 return NULL;
1192 }
1193
1194 /* Defines a label for the current space. If one is already defined,
1195 this function will replace it with the new label. */
1196
1197 void
1198 pa_define_label (symbol)
1199 symbolS *symbol;
1200 {
1201 label_symbol_struct *label_chain = pa_get_label ();
1202
1203 if (label_chain)
1204 label_chain->lss_label = symbol;
1205 else
1206 {
1207 /* Create a new label entry and add it to the head of the chain. */
1208 label_chain
1209 = (label_symbol_struct *) xmalloc (sizeof (label_symbol_struct));
1210 label_chain->lss_label = symbol;
1211 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1212 label_chain->lss_space = current_space;
1213 #endif
1214 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1215 label_chain->lss_segment = now_seg;
1216 #endif
1217 label_chain->lss_next = NULL;
1218
1219 if (label_symbols_rootp)
1220 label_chain->lss_next = label_symbols_rootp;
1221
1222 label_symbols_rootp = label_chain;
1223 }
1224 }
1225
1226 /* Removes a label definition for the current space.
1227 If there is no label_symbol_struct entry, then no action is taken. */
1228
1229 static void
1230 pa_undefine_label ()
1231 {
1232 label_symbol_struct *label_chain;
1233 label_symbol_struct *prev_label_chain = NULL;
1234
1235 for (label_chain = label_symbols_rootp;
1236 label_chain;
1237 label_chain = label_chain->lss_next)
1238 {
1239 if (1
1240 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1241 && current_space == label_chain->lss_space && label_chain->lss_label
1242 #endif
1243 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1244 && now_seg == label_chain->lss_segment && label_chain->lss_label
1245 #endif
1246 )
1247 {
1248 /* Remove the label from the chain and free its memory. */
1249 if (prev_label_chain)
1250 prev_label_chain->lss_next = label_chain->lss_next;
1251 else
1252 label_symbols_rootp = label_chain->lss_next;
1253
1254 free (label_chain);
1255 break;
1256 }
1257 prev_label_chain = label_chain;
1258 }
1259 }
1260
1261 /* An HPPA-specific version of fix_new. This is required because the HPPA
1262 code needs to keep track of some extra stuff. Each call to fix_new_hppa
1263 results in the creation of an instance of an hppa_fix_struct. An
1264 hppa_fix_struct stores the extra information along with a pointer to the
1265 original fixS. This is attached to the original fixup via the
1266 tc_fix_data field. */
1267
1268 static void
1269 fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size, add_symbol, offset, exp, pcrel,
1270 r_type, r_field, r_format, arg_reloc, unwind_bits)
1271 fragS *frag;
1272 int where;
1273 int size;
1274 symbolS *add_symbol;
1275 offsetT offset;
1276 expressionS *exp;
1277 int pcrel;
1278 bfd_reloc_code_real_type r_type;
1279 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt r_field;
1280 int r_format;
1281 unsigned int arg_reloc;
1282 int* unwind_bits ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
1283 {
1284 fixS *new_fix;
1285
1286 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *)
1287 obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
1288
1289 if (exp != NULL)
1290 new_fix = fix_new_exp (frag, where, size, exp, pcrel, r_type);
1291 else
1292 new_fix = fix_new (frag, where, size, add_symbol, offset, pcrel, r_type);
1293 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
1294 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = r_type;
1295 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = r_field;
1296 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = r_format;
1297 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = arg_reloc;
1298 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
1299 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1300 if (r_type == R_ENTRY || r_type == R_EXIT)
1301 new_fix->fx_offset = *unwind_bits;
1302 #endif
1303
1304 /* foo-$global$ is used to access non-automatic storage. $global$
1305 is really just a marker and has served its purpose, so eliminate
1306 it now so as not to confuse write.c. Ditto for $PIC_pcrel$0. */
1307 if (new_fix->fx_subsy
1308 && (strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$global$") == 0
1309 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0))
1310 new_fix->fx_subsy = NULL;
1311 }
1312
1313 /* Parse a .byte, .word, .long expression for the HPPA. Called by
1314 cons via the TC_PARSE_CONS_EXPRESSION macro. */
1315
1316 void
1317 parse_cons_expression_hppa (exp)
1318 expressionS *exp;
1319 {
1320 hppa_field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&input_line_pointer);
1321 expression (exp);
1322 }
1323
1324 /* This fix_new is called by cons via TC_CONS_FIX_NEW.
1325 hppa_field_selector is set by the parse_cons_expression_hppa. */
1326
1327 void
1328 cons_fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size, exp)
1329 fragS *frag;
1330 int where;
1331 int size;
1332 expressionS *exp;
1333 {
1334 unsigned int rel_type;
1335
1336 /* Get a base relocation type. */
1337 if (is_DP_relative (*exp))
1338 rel_type = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
1339 else if (is_complex (*exp))
1340 rel_type = R_HPPA_COMPLEX;
1341 else
1342 rel_type = R_HPPA;
1343
1344 if (hppa_field_selector != e_psel && hppa_field_selector != e_fsel)
1345 {
1346 as_warn (_("Invalid field selector. Assuming F%%."));
1347 hppa_field_selector = e_fsel;
1348 }
1349
1350 fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size,
1351 (symbolS *) NULL, (offsetT) 0, exp, 0, rel_type,
1352 hppa_field_selector, size * 8, 0, NULL);
1353
1354 /* Reset field selector to its default state. */
1355 hppa_field_selector = 0;
1356 }
1357
1358 /* This function is called once, at assembler startup time. It should
1359 set up all the tables, etc. that the MD part of the assembler will need. */
1360
1361 void
1362 md_begin ()
1363 {
1364 const char *retval = NULL;
1365 int lose = 0;
1366 unsigned int i = 0;
1367
1368 last_call_info = NULL;
1369 call_info_root = NULL;
1370
1371 /* Set the default machine type. */
1372 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 10))
1373 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
1374
1375 /* Folding of text and data segments fails miserably on the PA.
1376 Warn user and disable "-R" option. */
1377 if (flag_readonly_data_in_text)
1378 {
1379 as_warn (_("-R option not supported on this target."));
1380 flag_readonly_data_in_text = 0;
1381 }
1382
1383 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1384 pa_spaces_begin ();
1385 #endif
1386
1387 op_hash = hash_new ();
1388
1389 while (i < NUMOPCODES)
1390 {
1391 const char *name = pa_opcodes[i].name;
1392 retval = hash_insert (op_hash, name, (struct pa_opcode *) &pa_opcodes[i]);
1393 if (retval != NULL && *retval != '\0')
1394 {
1395 as_fatal (_("Internal error: can't hash `%s': %s\n"), name, retval);
1396 lose = 1;
1397 }
1398 do
1399 {
1400 if ((pa_opcodes[i].match & pa_opcodes[i].mask)
1401 != pa_opcodes[i].match)
1402 {
1403 fprintf (stderr, _("internal error: losing opcode: `%s' \"%s\"\n"),
1404 pa_opcodes[i].name, pa_opcodes[i].args);
1405 lose = 1;
1406 }
1407 ++i;
1408 }
1409 while (i < NUMOPCODES && !strcmp (pa_opcodes[i].name, name));
1410 }
1411
1412 if (lose)
1413 as_fatal (_("Broken assembler. No assembly attempted."));
1414
1415 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1416 /* SOM will change text_section. To make sure we never put
1417 anything into the old one switch to the new one now. */
1418 subseg_set (text_section, 0);
1419 #endif
1420
1421 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1422 dummy_symbol = symbol_find_or_make ("L$dummy");
1423 S_SET_SEGMENT (dummy_symbol, text_section);
1424 /* Force the symbol to be converted to a real symbol. */
1425 (void) symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
1426 #endif
1427 }
1428
1429 /* Assemble a single instruction storing it into a frag. */
1430 void
1431 md_assemble (str)
1432 char *str;
1433 {
1434 char *to;
1435
1436 /* The had better be something to assemble. */
1437 assert (str);
1438
1439 /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've
1440 defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the
1441 label was defined after the .PROC directive.
1442
1443 Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment
1444 for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched
1445 into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */
1446 if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
1447 {
1448 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
1449
1450 if (label_symbol)
1451 {
1452 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
1453 {
1454 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
1455 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags
1456 |= BSF_FUNCTION;
1457 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1458 /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind
1459 information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */
1460 if (within_entry_exit)
1461 {
1462 char *where = frag_more (0);
1463
1464 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
1465 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
1466 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0,
1467 (int *)&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
1468 }
1469 #endif
1470 }
1471 else
1472 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
1473 }
1474 else
1475 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC"));
1476 }
1477
1478 /* Assemble the instruction. Results are saved into "the_insn". */
1479 pa_ip (str);
1480
1481 /* Get somewhere to put the assembled instrution. */
1482 to = frag_more (4);
1483
1484 /* Output the opcode. */
1485 md_number_to_chars (to, the_insn.opcode, 4);
1486
1487 /* If necessary output more stuff. */
1488 if (the_insn.reloc != R_HPPA_NONE)
1489 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, (to - frag_now->fr_literal), 4, NULL,
1490 (offsetT) 0, &the_insn.exp, the_insn.pcrel,
1491 the_insn.reloc, the_insn.field_selector,
1492 the_insn.format, the_insn.arg_reloc, NULL);
1493
1494 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1495 if (debug_type == DEBUG_DWARF2)
1496 {
1497 bfd_vma addr;
1498
1499 /* First update the notion of the current source line. */
1500 dwarf2_where (&debug_line);
1501
1502 /* We want the offset of the start of this instruction within the
1503 the current frag. */
1504 addr = frag_now->fr_address + frag_now_fix () - 4;
1505
1506 /* And record the information. */
1507 dwarf2_gen_line_info (addr, &debug_line);
1508 }
1509 #endif
1510 }
1511
1512 /* Do the real work for assembling a single instruction. Store results
1513 into the global "the_insn" variable. */
1514
1515 static void
1516 pa_ip (str)
1517 char *str;
1518 {
1519 char *error_message = "";
1520 char *s, c, *argstart, *name, *save_s;
1521 const char *args;
1522 int match = FALSE;
1523 int comma = 0;
1524 int cmpltr, nullif, flag, cond, num;
1525 unsigned long opcode;
1526 struct pa_opcode *insn;
1527
1528 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1529 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
1530 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
1531 #endif
1532
1533 /* Convert everything up to the first whitespace character into lower
1534 case. */
1535 for (s = str; *s != ' ' && *s != '\t' && *s != '\n' && *s != '\0'; s++)
1536 if (isupper (*s))
1537 *s = tolower (*s);
1538
1539 /* Skip to something interesting. */
1540 for (s = str; isupper (*s) || islower (*s) || (*s >= '0' && *s <= '3'); ++s)
1541 ;
1542
1543 switch (*s)
1544 {
1545
1546 case '\0':
1547 break;
1548
1549 case ',':
1550 comma = 1;
1551
1552 /*FALLTHROUGH */
1553
1554 case ' ':
1555 *s++ = '\0';
1556 break;
1557
1558 default:
1559 as_fatal (_("Unknown opcode: `%s'"), str);
1560 }
1561
1562 save_s = str;
1563
1564 /* Look up the opcode in the has table. */
1565 if ((insn = (struct pa_opcode *) hash_find (op_hash, str)) == NULL)
1566 {
1567 as_bad ("Unknown opcode: `%s'", str);
1568 return;
1569 }
1570
1571 if (comma)
1572 {
1573 *--s = ',';
1574 }
1575
1576 /* Mark the location where arguments for the instruction start, then
1577 start processing them. */
1578 argstart = s;
1579 for (;;)
1580 {
1581 /* Do some initialization. */
1582 opcode = insn->match;
1583 strict = (insn->flags & FLAG_STRICT);
1584 memset (&the_insn, 0, sizeof (the_insn));
1585
1586 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_NONE;
1587
1588 /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture,
1589 then set a new architecture. */
1590 /* But do not automatically promote to pa2.0. The automatic promotion
1591 crud is for compatability with HP's old assemblers only. */
1592 if (insn->arch < 20
1593 && bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch)
1594 {
1595 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, insn->arch))
1596 as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine"));
1597 }
1598 else if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch)
1599 {
1600 match = FALSE;
1601 goto failed;
1602 }
1603
1604 /* Build the opcode, checking as we go to make
1605 sure that the operands match. */
1606 for (args = insn->args;; ++args)
1607 {
1608 /* Absorb white space in instruction. */
1609 while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t')
1610 s++;
1611
1612 switch (*args)
1613 {
1614
1615 /* End of arguments. */
1616 case '\0':
1617 if (*s == '\0')
1618 match = TRUE;
1619 break;
1620
1621 case '+':
1622 if (*s == '+')
1623 {
1624 ++s;
1625 continue;
1626 }
1627 if (*s == '-')
1628 continue;
1629 break;
1630
1631 /* These must match exactly. */
1632 case '(':
1633 case ')':
1634 case ',':
1635 case ' ':
1636 if (*s++ == *args)
1637 continue;
1638 break;
1639
1640 /* Handle a 5 bit register or control register field at 10. */
1641 case 'b':
1642 case '^':
1643 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1644 break;
1645 num = pa_number;
1646 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1647 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
1648
1649 /* Handle %sar or %cr11. No bits get set, we just verify that it
1650 is there. */
1651 case '!':
1652 /* Skip whitespace before register. */
1653 while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t')
1654 s = s + 1;
1655
1656 if (!strncasecmp(s, "%sar", 4))
1657 {
1658 s += 4;
1659 continue;
1660 }
1661 else if (!strncasecmp(s, "%cr11", 5))
1662 {
1663 s += 5;
1664 continue;
1665 }
1666 break;
1667
1668 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 15. */
1669 case 'x':
1670 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1671 break;
1672 num = pa_number;
1673 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1674 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1675
1676 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 31. */
1677 case 't':
1678 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1679 break;
1680 num = pa_number;
1681 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1682 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
1683
1684 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 10 and 15. */
1685 case 'a':
1686 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1687 break;
1688 num = pa_number;
1689 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1690 opcode |= num << 16;
1691 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
1692
1693 /* Handle a 5 bit field length at 31. */
1694 case 'T':
1695 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1696 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1697 break;
1698 s = expr_end;
1699 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32, 1, 0);
1700 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 32 - num, 0);
1701
1702 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 15. */
1703 case '5':
1704 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1705 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1706 break;
1707 s = expr_end;
1708 /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this
1709 match instead of giving an out of range error. */
1710 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict);
1711 num = low_sign_unext (num, 5);
1712 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1713
1714 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 31. */
1715 case 'V':
1716 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1717 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1718 break;
1719 s = expr_end;
1720 /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this
1721 match instead of giving an out of range error. */
1722 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict);
1723 num = low_sign_unext (num, 5);
1724 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
1725
1726 /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 31. */
1727 case 'r':
1728 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1729 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1730 break;
1731 s = expr_end;
1732 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
1733 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
1734
1735 /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 15. */
1736 case 'R':
1737 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1738 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1739 break;
1740 s = expr_end;
1741 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
1742 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1743
1744 /* Handle an unsigned 10 bit immediate at 15. */
1745 case 'U':
1746 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1747 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1748 break;
1749 s = expr_end;
1750 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict);
1751 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1752
1753 /* Handle a 2 bit space identifier at 17. */
1754 case 's':
1755 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1756 break;
1757 num = pa_number;
1758 CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 0, 1);
1759 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 14);
1760
1761 /* Handle a 3 bit space identifier at 18. */
1762 case 'S':
1763 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1764 break;
1765 num = pa_number;
1766 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, 1);
1767 opcode |= re_assemble_3 (num);
1768 continue;
1769
1770 /* Handle all completers. */
1771 case 'c':
1772 switch (*++args)
1773 {
1774
1775 /* Handle a completer for an indexing load or store. */
1776 case 'x':
1777 {
1778 int uu = 0;
1779 int m = 0;
1780 int i = 0;
1781 while (*s == ',' && i < 2)
1782 {
1783 s++;
1784 if (strncasecmp (s, "sm", 2) == 0)
1785 {
1786 uu = 1;
1787 m = 1;
1788 s++;
1789 i++;
1790 }
1791 else if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0)
1792 m = 1;
1793 else if ((strncasecmp (s, "s ", 2) == 0)
1794 || (strncasecmp (s, "s,", 2) == 0))
1795 uu = 1;
1796 /* When in strict mode this is a match failure. */
1797 else if (strict)
1798 {
1799 s--;
1800 break;
1801 }
1802 else
1803 as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer."));
1804 s++;
1805 i++;
1806 }
1807 if (i > 2)
1808 as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer Syntax."));
1809 opcode |= m << 5;
1810 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, uu, 13);
1811 }
1812
1813 /* Handle a short load/store completer. */
1814 case 'm':
1815 case 'q':
1816 case 'J':
1817 case 'e':
1818 {
1819 int a = 0;
1820 int m = 0;
1821 if (*s == ',')
1822 {
1823 int found = 0;
1824 s++;
1825 if (strncasecmp (s, "ma", 2) == 0)
1826 {
1827 a = 0;
1828 m = 1;
1829 found = 1;
1830 }
1831 else if (strncasecmp (s, "mb", 2) == 0)
1832 {
1833 a = 1;
1834 m = 1;
1835 found = 1;
1836 }
1837
1838 /* When in strict mode, pass through for cache op. */
1839 if (!found && strict)
1840 s--;
1841 else
1842 {
1843 if (!found)
1844 as_bad (_("Invalid Short Load/Store Completer."));
1845 s += 2;
1846 }
1847 }
1848 /* If we did not get a ma/mb completer, then we do not
1849 consider this a positive match for 'ce'. */
1850 else if (*args == 'e')
1851 break;
1852
1853 /* 'J', 'm' and 'q' are the same, except for where they
1854 encode the before/after field. */
1855 if (*args == 'm')
1856 {
1857 opcode |= m << 5;
1858 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13);
1859 }
1860 else if (*args == 'q')
1861 {
1862 opcode |= m << 3;
1863 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2);
1864 }
1865 else if (*args == 'J')
1866 {
1867 /* M bit is explicit in the major opcode. */
1868 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2);
1869 }
1870 else if (*args == 'e')
1871 {
1872 /* Gross! Hide these values in the immediate field
1873 of the instruction, then pull them out later. */
1874 opcode |= m << 8;
1875 opcode |= a << 9;
1876 continue;
1877 }
1878 }
1879
1880 /* Handle a stbys completer. */
1881 case 's':
1882 {
1883 int a = 0;
1884 int m = 0;
1885 int i = 0;
1886 while (*s == ',' && i < 2)
1887 {
1888 s++;
1889 if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0)
1890 m = 1;
1891 else if ((strncasecmp (s, "b ", 2) == 0)
1892 || (strncasecmp (s, "b,", 2) == 0))
1893 a = 0;
1894 else if (strncasecmp (s, "e", 1) == 0)
1895 a = 1;
1896 /* When in strict mode this is a match failure. */
1897 else if (strict)
1898 {
1899 s--;
1900 break;
1901 }
1902 else
1903 as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer"));
1904 s++;
1905 i++;
1906 }
1907 if (i > 2)
1908 as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer"));
1909 opcode |= m << 5;
1910 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13);
1911 }
1912
1913 /* Handle load cache hint completer. */
1914 case 'c':
1915 cmpltr = 0;
1916 if (!strncmp(s, ",sl", 3))
1917 {
1918 s += 3;
1919 cmpltr = 2;
1920 }
1921 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
1922
1923 /* Handle store cache hint completer. */
1924 case 'C':
1925 cmpltr = 0;
1926 if (!strncmp(s, ",sl", 3))
1927 {
1928 s += 3;
1929 cmpltr = 2;
1930 }
1931 else if (!strncmp(s, ",bc", 3))
1932 {
1933 s += 3;
1934 cmpltr = 1;
1935 }
1936 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
1937
1938 /* Handle load and clear cache hint completer. */
1939 case 'd':
1940 cmpltr = 0;
1941 if (!strncmp(s, ",co", 3))
1942 {
1943 s += 3;
1944 cmpltr = 1;
1945 }
1946 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
1947
1948 /* Handle load ordering completer. */
1949 case 'o':
1950 if (strncmp(s, ",o", 2) != 0)
1951 break;
1952 s += 2;
1953 continue;
1954
1955 /* Handle a branch gate completer. */
1956 case 'g':
1957 if (strncasecmp (s, ",gate", 5) != 0)
1958 break;
1959 s += 5;
1960 continue;
1961
1962 /* Handle a branch link and push completer. */
1963 case 'p':
1964 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l,push", 7) != 0)
1965 break;
1966 s += 7;
1967 continue;
1968
1969 /* Handle a branch link completer. */
1970 case 'l':
1971 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0)
1972 break;
1973 s += 2;
1974 continue;
1975
1976 /* Handle a branch pop completer. */
1977 case 'P':
1978 if (strncasecmp (s, ",pop", 4) != 0)
1979 break;
1980 s += 4;
1981 continue;
1982
1983 /* Handle a local processor completer. */
1984 case 'L':
1985 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0)
1986 break;
1987 s += 2;
1988 continue;
1989
1990 /* Handle a PROBE read/write completer. */
1991 case 'w':
1992 flag = 0;
1993 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2))
1994 {
1995 flag = 1;
1996 s += 2;
1997 }
1998 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2))
1999 {
2000 flag = 0;
2001 s += 2;
2002 }
2003
2004 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
2005
2006 /* Handle MFCTL wide completer. */
2007 case 'W':
2008 if (strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2) != 0)
2009 break;
2010 s += 2;
2011 continue;
2012
2013 /* Handle an RFI restore completer. */
2014 case 'r':
2015 flag = 0;
2016 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2))
2017 {
2018 flag = 5;
2019 s += 2;
2020 }
2021
2022 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5);
2023
2024 /* Handle a system control completer. */
2025 case 'Z':
2026 if (*s == ',' && (*(s + 1) == 'm' || *(s + 1) == 'M'))
2027 {
2028 flag = 1;
2029 s += 2;
2030 }
2031 else
2032 flag = 0;
2033
2034 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5);
2035
2036 /* Handle intermediate/final completer for DCOR. */
2037 case 'i':
2038 flag = 0;
2039 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",i", 2))
2040 {
2041 flag = 1;
2042 s += 2;
2043 }
2044
2045 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
2046
2047 /* Handle zero/sign extension completer. */
2048 case 'z':
2049 flag = 1;
2050 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",z", 2))
2051 {
2052 flag = 0;
2053 s += 2;
2054 }
2055
2056 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10);
2057
2058 /* Handle add completer. */
2059 case 'a':
2060 flag = 1;
2061 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2))
2062 {
2063 flag = 2;
2064 s += 2;
2065 }
2066 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4))
2067 {
2068 flag = 3;
2069 s += 4;
2070 }
2071
2072 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10);
2073
2074 /* Handle 64 bit carry for ADD. */
2075 case 'Y':
2076 flag = 0;
2077 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc,tsv", 7) ||
2078 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,dc", 7))
2079 {
2080 flag = 1;
2081 s += 7;
2082 }
2083 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc", 3))
2084 {
2085 flag = 0;
2086 s += 3;
2087 }
2088 else
2089 break;
2090
2091 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2092
2093 /* Handle 32 bit carry for ADD. */
2094 case 'y':
2095 flag = 0;
2096 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c,tsv", 6) ||
2097 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,c", 6))
2098 {
2099 flag = 1;
2100 s += 6;
2101 }
2102 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c", 2))
2103 {
2104 flag = 0;
2105 s += 2;
2106 }
2107 else
2108 break;
2109
2110 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2111
2112 /* Handle trap on signed overflow. */
2113 case 'v':
2114 flag = 0;
2115 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4))
2116 {
2117 flag = 1;
2118 s += 4;
2119 }
2120
2121 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2122
2123 /* Handle trap on condition and overflow. */
2124 case 't':
2125 flag = 0;
2126 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc,tsv", 7) ||
2127 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,tc", 7))
2128 {
2129 flag = 1;
2130 s += 7;
2131 }
2132 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3))
2133 {
2134 flag = 0;
2135 s += 3;
2136 }
2137 else
2138 break;
2139
2140 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2141
2142 /* Handle 64 bit borrow for SUB. */
2143 case 'B':
2144 flag = 0;
2145 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db,tsv", 7) ||
2146 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,db", 7))
2147 {
2148 flag = 1;
2149 s += 7;
2150 }
2151 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db", 3))
2152 {
2153 flag = 0;
2154 s += 3;
2155 }
2156 else
2157 break;
2158
2159 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2160
2161 /* Handle 32 bit borrow for SUB. */
2162 case 'b':
2163 flag = 0;
2164 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b,tsv", 6) ||
2165 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,b", 6))
2166 {
2167 flag = 1;
2168 s += 6;
2169 }
2170 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b", 2))
2171 {
2172 flag = 0;
2173 s += 2;
2174 }
2175 else
2176 break;
2177
2178 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2179
2180 /* Handle trap condition completer for UADDCM. */
2181 case 'T':
2182 flag = 0;
2183 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3))
2184 {
2185 flag = 1;
2186 s += 3;
2187 }
2188
2189 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
2190
2191 /* Handle signed/unsigned at 21. */
2192 case 'S':
2193 {
2194 int sign = 1;
2195 if (strncasecmp (s, ",s", 2) == 0)
2196 {
2197 sign = 1;
2198 s += 2;
2199 }
2200 else if (strncasecmp (s, ",u", 2) == 0)
2201 {
2202 sign = 0;
2203 s += 2;
2204 }
2205
2206 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sign, 10);
2207 }
2208
2209 /* Handle left/right combination at 17:18. */
2210 case 'h':
2211 if (*s++ == ',')
2212 {
2213 int lr = 0;
2214 if (*s == 'r')
2215 lr = 2;
2216 else if (*s == 'l')
2217 lr = 0;
2218 else
2219 as_bad(_("Invalid left/right combination completer"));
2220
2221 s++;
2222 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, lr, 13);
2223 }
2224 else
2225 as_bad(_("Invalid left/right combination completer"));
2226 break;
2227
2228 /* Handle saturation at 24:25. */
2229 case 'H':
2230 {
2231 int sat = 3;
2232 if (strncasecmp (s, ",ss", 3) == 0)
2233 {
2234 sat = 1;
2235 s += 3;
2236 }
2237 else if (strncasecmp (s, ",us", 3) == 0)
2238 {
2239 sat = 0;
2240 s += 3;
2241 }
2242
2243 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sat, 6);
2244 }
2245
2246 /* Handle permutation completer. */
2247 case '*':
2248 if (*s++ == ',')
2249 {
2250 int permloc[4];
2251 int perm = 0;
2252 int i = 0;
2253 permloc[0] = 13;
2254 permloc[1] = 10;
2255 permloc[2] = 8;
2256 permloc[3] = 6;
2257 for (; i < 4; i++)
2258 {
2259 switch (*s++)
2260 {
2261 case '0':
2262 perm = 0;
2263 break;
2264 case '1':
2265 perm = 1;
2266 break;
2267 case '2':
2268 perm = 2;
2269 break;
2270 case '3':
2271 perm = 3;
2272 break;
2273 default:
2274 as_bad(_("Invalid permutation completer"));
2275 }
2276 opcode |= perm << permloc[i];
2277 }
2278 continue;
2279 }
2280 else
2281 as_bad(_("Invalid permutation completer"));
2282 break;
2283
2284 default:
2285 abort ();
2286 }
2287 break;
2288
2289 /* Handle all conditions. */
2290 case '?':
2291 {
2292 args++;
2293 switch (*args)
2294 {
2295 /* Handle FP compare conditions. */
2296 case 'f':
2297 cond = pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (&s);
2298 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cond, 0);
2299
2300 /* Handle an add condition. */
2301 case 'A':
2302 case 'a':
2303 cmpltr = 0;
2304 flag = 0;
2305 if (*s == ',')
2306 {
2307 s++;
2308
2309 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2310 if (*args == 'A')
2311 {
2312 if (*s == '*')
2313 s++;
2314 else
2315 break;
2316 }
2317 else if (*s == '*')
2318 break;
2319 name = s;
2320
2321 name = s;
2322 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2323 s += 1;
2324 c = *s;
2325 *s = 0x00;
2326 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2327 cmpltr = 1;
2328 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2329 cmpltr = 2;
2330 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2331 cmpltr = 3;
2332 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
2333 cmpltr = 4;
2334 else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0)
2335 cmpltr = 5;
2336 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
2337 cmpltr = 6;
2338 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2339 cmpltr = 7;
2340 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2341 {
2342 cmpltr = 0;
2343 flag = 1;
2344 }
2345 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2346 {
2347 cmpltr = 1;
2348 flag = 1;
2349 }
2350 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2351 {
2352 cmpltr = 2;
2353 flag = 1;
2354 }
2355 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
2356 {
2357 cmpltr = 3;
2358 flag = 1;
2359 }
2360 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
2361 {
2362 cmpltr = 4;
2363 flag = 1;
2364 }
2365 else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0)
2366 {
2367 cmpltr = 5;
2368 flag = 1;
2369 }
2370 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
2371 {
2372 cmpltr = 6;
2373 flag = 1;
2374 }
2375 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2376 {
2377 cmpltr = 7;
2378 flag = 1;
2379 }
2380 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2381 else if (*args == 'a')
2382 as_bad (_("Invalid Add Condition: %s"), name);
2383 *s = c;
2384 }
2385 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2386 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
2387
2388 /* Handle non-negated add and branch condition. */
2389 case 'd':
2390 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s, 1);
2391 if (cmpltr < 0)
2392 {
2393 as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition: %c"), *s);
2394 cmpltr = 0;
2395 }
2396 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2397
2398 /* Handle 64 bit wide-mode add and branch condition. */
2399 case 'W':
2400 cmpltr = pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (&s);
2401 if (cmpltr < 0)
2402 {
2403 as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition: %c"), *s);
2404 cmpltr = 0;
2405 }
2406 else
2407 {
2408 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
2409 opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 24;
2410 }
2411 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13);
2412
2413 /* Handle a negated or non-negated add and branch
2414 condition. */
2415 case '@':
2416 save_s = s;
2417 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s, 1);
2418 if (cmpltr < 0)
2419 {
2420 s = save_s;
2421 cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (&s, 1);
2422 if (cmpltr < 0)
2423 {
2424 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition"));
2425 cmpltr = 0;
2426 }
2427 else
2428 {
2429 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
2430 opcode |= 1 << 27;
2431 }
2432 }
2433 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2434
2435 /* Handle branch on bit conditions. */
2436 case 'B':
2437 case 'b':
2438 cmpltr = 0;
2439 if (*s == ',')
2440 {
2441 s++;
2442
2443 if (*args == 'B')
2444 {
2445 if (*s == '*')
2446 s++;
2447 else
2448 break;
2449 }
2450 else if (*s == '*')
2451 break;
2452
2453 if (strncmp (s, "<", 1) == 0)
2454 {
2455 cmpltr = 0;
2456 s++;
2457 }
2458 else if (strncmp (s, ">=", 2) == 0)
2459 {
2460 cmpltr = 1;
2461 s += 2;
2462 }
2463 else
2464 as_bad (_("Invalid Bit Branch Condition: %c"), *s);
2465 }
2466 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 15);
2467
2468 /* Handle a compare/subtract condition. */
2469 case 'S':
2470 case 's':
2471 cmpltr = 0;
2472 flag = 0;
2473 if (*s == ',')
2474 {
2475 s++;
2476
2477 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2478 if (*args == 'S')
2479 {
2480 if (*s == '*')
2481 s++;
2482 else
2483 break;
2484 }
2485 else if (*s == '*')
2486 break;
2487 name = s;
2488
2489 name = s;
2490 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2491 s += 1;
2492 c = *s;
2493 *s = 0x00;
2494 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2495 cmpltr = 1;
2496 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2497 cmpltr = 2;
2498 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2499 cmpltr = 3;
2500 else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<") == 0)
2501 cmpltr = 4;
2502 else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<=") == 0)
2503 cmpltr = 5;
2504 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
2505 cmpltr = 6;
2506 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2507 cmpltr = 7;
2508 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2509 {
2510 cmpltr = 0;
2511 flag = 1;
2512 }
2513 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2514 {
2515 cmpltr = 1;
2516 flag = 1;
2517 }
2518 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2519 {
2520 cmpltr = 2;
2521 flag = 1;
2522 }
2523 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
2524 {
2525 cmpltr = 3;
2526 flag = 1;
2527 }
2528 else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>=") == 0)
2529 {
2530 cmpltr = 4;
2531 flag = 1;
2532 }
2533 else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>") == 0)
2534 {
2535 cmpltr = 5;
2536 flag = 1;
2537 }
2538 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
2539 {
2540 cmpltr = 6;
2541 flag = 1;
2542 }
2543 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2544 {
2545 cmpltr = 7;
2546 flag = 1;
2547 }
2548 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2549 else if (*args != 'S')
2550 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition: %s"),
2551 name);
2552 *s = c;
2553 }
2554 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2555 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
2556
2557 /* Handle a non-negated compare condition. */
2558 case 't':
2559 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s, 1);
2560 if (cmpltr < 0)
2561 {
2562 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition: %c"), *s);
2563 cmpltr = 0;
2564 }
2565 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2566
2567 /* Handle a 32 bit compare and branch condition. */
2568 case 'n':
2569 save_s = s;
2570 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s, 1);
2571 if (cmpltr < 0)
2572 {
2573 s = save_s;
2574 cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s, 1);
2575 if (cmpltr < 0)
2576 {
2577 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare and Branch Condition."));
2578 cmpltr = 0;
2579 }
2580 else
2581 {
2582 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
2583 opcode |= 1 << 27;
2584 }
2585 }
2586
2587 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2588
2589 /* Handle a 64 bit compare and branch condition. */
2590 case 'N':
2591 cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (&s);
2592 if (cmpltr >= 0)
2593 {
2594 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
2595 opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 26;
2596 }
2597 else
2598 /* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */
2599 break;
2600
2601 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13);
2602
2603 /* Handle a 64 bit cmpib condition. */
2604 case 'Q':
2605 cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (&s);
2606 if (cmpltr < 0)
2607 /* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */
2608 break;
2609
2610 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2611
2612 /* Handle a logical instruction condition. */
2613 case 'L':
2614 case 'l':
2615 cmpltr = 0;
2616 flag = 0;
2617 if (*s == ',')
2618 {
2619 s++;
2620
2621 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2622 if (*args == 'L')
2623 {
2624 if (*s == '*')
2625 s++;
2626 else
2627 break;
2628 }
2629 else if (*s == '*')
2630 break;
2631
2632 name = s;
2633 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2634 s += 1;
2635 c = *s;
2636 *s = 0x00;
2637
2638 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2639 cmpltr = 1;
2640 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2641 cmpltr = 2;
2642 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2643 cmpltr = 3;
2644 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2645 cmpltr = 7;
2646 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2647 {
2648 cmpltr = 0;
2649 flag = 1;
2650 }
2651 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2652 {
2653 cmpltr = 1;
2654 flag = 1;
2655 }
2656 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2657 {
2658 cmpltr = 2;
2659 flag = 1;
2660 }
2661 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
2662 {
2663 cmpltr = 3;
2664 flag = 1;
2665 }
2666 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2667 {
2668 cmpltr = 7;
2669 flag = 1;
2670 }
2671 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2672 else if (*args != 'L')
2673 as_bad (_("Invalid Logical Instruction Condition."));
2674 *s = c;
2675 }
2676 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2677 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
2678
2679 /* Handle a shift/extract/deposit condition. */
2680 case 'X':
2681 case 'x':
2682 case 'y':
2683 cmpltr = 0;
2684 if (*s == ',')
2685 {
2686 save_s = s++;
2687
2688 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2689 if (*args == 'X')
2690 {
2691 if (*s == '*')
2692 s++;
2693 else
2694 break;
2695 }
2696 else if (*s == '*')
2697 break;
2698
2699 name = s;
2700 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2701 s += 1;
2702 c = *s;
2703 *s = 0x00;
2704 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2705 cmpltr = 1;
2706 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2707 cmpltr = 2;
2708 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2709 cmpltr = 3;
2710 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2711 cmpltr = 4;
2712 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2713 cmpltr = 5;
2714 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2715 cmpltr = 6;
2716 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2717 cmpltr = 7;
2718 /* Handle movb,n. Put things back the way they were.
2719 This includes moving s back to where it started. */
2720 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && *args == 'y')
2721 {
2722 *s = c;
2723 s = save_s;
2724 continue;
2725 }
2726 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2727 else if (*args != 'X')
2728 as_bad (_("Invalid Shift/Extract/Deposit Condition."));
2729 *s = c;
2730 }
2731 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2732
2733 /* Handle a unit instruction condition. */
2734 case 'U':
2735 case 'u':
2736 cmpltr = 0;
2737 flag = 0;
2738 if (*s == ',')
2739 {
2740 s++;
2741
2742 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2743 if (*args == 'U')
2744 {
2745 if (*s == '*')
2746 s++;
2747 else
2748 break;
2749 }
2750 else if (*s == '*')
2751 break;
2752
2753 if (strncasecmp (s, "sbz", 3) == 0)
2754 {
2755 cmpltr = 2;
2756 s += 3;
2757 }
2758 else if (strncasecmp (s, "shz", 3) == 0)
2759 {
2760 cmpltr = 3;
2761 s += 3;
2762 }
2763 else if (strncasecmp (s, "sdc", 3) == 0)
2764 {
2765 cmpltr = 4;
2766 s += 3;
2767 }
2768 else if (strncasecmp (s, "sbc", 3) == 0)
2769 {
2770 cmpltr = 6;
2771 s += 3;
2772 }
2773 else if (strncasecmp (s, "shc", 3) == 0)
2774 {
2775 cmpltr = 7;
2776 s += 3;
2777 }
2778 else if (strncasecmp (s, "tr", 2) == 0)
2779 {
2780 cmpltr = 0;
2781 flag = 1;
2782 s += 2;
2783 }
2784 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nbz", 3) == 0)
2785 {
2786 cmpltr = 2;
2787 flag = 1;
2788 s += 3;
2789 }
2790 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nhz", 3) == 0)
2791 {
2792 cmpltr = 3;
2793 flag = 1;
2794 s += 3;
2795 }
2796 else if (strncasecmp (s, "ndc", 3) == 0)
2797 {
2798 cmpltr = 4;
2799 flag = 1;
2800 s += 3;
2801 }
2802 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nbc", 3) == 0)
2803 {
2804 cmpltr = 6;
2805 flag = 1;
2806 s += 3;
2807 }
2808 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nhc", 3) == 0)
2809 {
2810 cmpltr = 7;
2811 flag = 1;
2812 s += 3;
2813 }
2814 else if (strncasecmp (s, "swz", 3) == 0)
2815 {
2816 cmpltr = 1;
2817 flag = 0;
2818 s += 3;
2819 }
2820 else if (strncasecmp (s, "swc", 3) == 0)
2821 {
2822 cmpltr = 5;
2823 flag = 0;
2824 s += 3;
2825 }
2826 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nwz", 3) == 0)
2827 {
2828 cmpltr = 1;
2829 flag = 1;
2830 s += 3;
2831 }
2832 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nwc", 3) == 0)
2833 {
2834 cmpltr = 5;
2835 flag = 1;
2836 s += 3;
2837 }
2838 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2839 else if (*args != 'U')
2840 as_bad (_("Invalid Unit Instruction Condition."));
2841 }
2842 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2843 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
2844
2845 default:
2846 abort ();
2847 }
2848 break;
2849 }
2850
2851 /* Handle a nullification completer for branch instructions. */
2852 case 'n':
2853 nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s);
2854 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 1);
2855
2856 /* Handle a nullification completer for copr and spop insns. */
2857 case 'N':
2858 nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s);
2859 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 5);
2860
2861 /* Handle ,%r2 completer for new syntax branches. */
2862 case 'L':
2863 if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%r2", 3) == 0)
2864 s += 4;
2865 else if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%rp", 3) == 0)
2866 s += 4;
2867 else
2868 break;
2869 continue;
2870
2871 /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values
2872 are 0..6 inclusive. */
2873 case 'h':
2874 get_expression (s);
2875 s = expr_end;
2876 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2877 {
2878 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2879 CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0);
2880 num++;
2881 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
2882 }
2883 else
2884 break;
2885
2886 /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values
2887 are 0..6 inclusive. */
2888 case 'm':
2889 get_expression (s);
2890 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2891 {
2892 s = expr_end;
2893 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2894 CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0);
2895 num = (num + 1) ^ 1;
2896 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
2897 }
2898 else
2899 break;
2900
2901 /* Handle graphics test completers for ftest */
2902 case '=':
2903 {
2904 num = pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (&s);
2905 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
2906 }
2907
2908 /* Handle a 11 bit immediate at 31. */
2909 case 'i':
2910 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
2911 get_expression (s);
2912 s = expr_end;
2913 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2914 {
2915 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2916 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, -1024, 0);
2917 num = low_sign_unext (num, 11);
2918 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
2919 }
2920 else
2921 {
2922 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
2923 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
2924 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
2925 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
2926 else
2927 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
2928 the_insn.format = 11;
2929 continue;
2930 }
2931
2932 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
2933 case 'J':
2934 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
2935 get_expression (s);
2936 s = expr_end;
2937 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2938 {
2939 int a, m;
2940
2941 /* XXX the completer stored away tibits of information
2942 for us to extract. We need a cleaner way to do this.
2943 Now that we have lots of letters again, it would be
2944 good to rethink this. */
2945 m = (opcode & (1 << 8)) != 0;
2946 a = (opcode & (1 << 9)) != 0;
2947 opcode &= ~ (3 << 8);
2948 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2949 if ((a == 1 && num >= 0) || (a == 0 && num < 0))
2950 break;
2951 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
2952 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
2953 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
2954 }
2955 else
2956 {
2957 break;
2958 }
2959
2960 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
2961 case 'K':
2962 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
2963 get_expression (s);
2964 s = expr_end;
2965 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2966 {
2967 int a, m;
2968
2969 /* XXX the completer stored away tibits of information
2970 for us to extract. We need a cleaner way to do this.
2971 Now that we have lots of letters again, it would be
2972 good to rethink this. */
2973 m = (opcode & (1 << 8)) != 0;
2974 a = (opcode & (1 << 9)) != 0;
2975 opcode &= ~ (3 << 8);
2976 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2977 if ((a == 1 && num < 0) || (a == 0 && num > 0))
2978 break;
2979 if (num % 4)
2980 break;
2981 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
2982 if (num < 0)
2983 opcode |= 1;
2984 num &= 0x1fff;
2985 num >>= 2;
2986 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3);
2987 }
2988 else
2989 {
2990 break;
2991 }
2992
2993 /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left three times. */
2994 case '#':
2995 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
2996 get_expression (s);
2997 s = expr_end;
2998 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2999 {
3000 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3001 if (num & 0x7)
3002 break;
3003 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3004 if (num < 0)
3005 opcode |= 1;
3006 num &= 0x1fff;
3007 num >>= 3;
3008 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 4);
3009 }
3010 else
3011 {
3012 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3013 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3014 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3015 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3016 else
3017 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3018 the_insn.format = 14;
3019 continue;
3020 }
3021 break;
3022
3023 /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left twice. */
3024 case 'd':
3025 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3026 get_expression (s);
3027 s = expr_end;
3028 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3029 {
3030 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3031 if (num & 0x3)
3032 break;
3033 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3034 if (num < 0)
3035 opcode |= 1;
3036 num &= 0x1fff;
3037 num >>= 2;
3038 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3);
3039 }
3040 else
3041 {
3042 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3043 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3044 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3045 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3046 else
3047 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3048 the_insn.format = 14;
3049 continue;
3050 }
3051
3052 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
3053 case 'j':
3054 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3055 get_expression (s);
3056 s = expr_end;
3057 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3058 {
3059 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3060 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3061 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
3062 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3063 }
3064 else
3065 {
3066 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3067 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3068 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3069 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3070 else
3071 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3072 the_insn.format = 14;
3073 continue;
3074 }
3075
3076 /* Handle a 21 bit immediate at 31. */
3077 case 'k':
3078 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3079 get_expression (s);
3080 s = expr_end;
3081 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3082 {
3083 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3084 CHECK_FIELD (num >> 11, 1048575, -1048576, 0);
3085 opcode |= re_assemble_21 (num);
3086 continue;
3087 }
3088 else
3089 {
3090 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3091 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3092 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3093 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3094 else
3095 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3096 the_insn.format = 21;
3097 continue;
3098 }
3099
3100 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31 (PA 2.0 wide mode only). */
3101 case 'l':
3102 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3103 get_expression (s);
3104 s = expr_end;
3105 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3106 {
3107 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3108 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3109 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
3110 continue;
3111 }
3112 else
3113 {
3114 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
3115 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3116 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3117 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3118 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3119 else
3120 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3121 the_insn.format = 14;
3122 continue;
3123 }
3124
3125 /* Handle a word-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */
3126 case 'y':
3127 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3128 get_expression (s);
3129 s = expr_end;
3130 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3131 {
3132 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3133 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3134 CHECK_ALIGN (num, 4, 0);
3135 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
3136 continue;
3137 }
3138 else
3139 {
3140 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
3141 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3142 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3143 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3144 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3145 else
3146 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3147 the_insn.format = 14;
3148 continue;
3149 }
3150
3151 /* Handle a dword-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */
3152 case '&':
3153 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3154 get_expression (s);
3155 s = expr_end;
3156 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3157 {
3158 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3159 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3160 CHECK_ALIGN (num, 8, 0);
3161 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
3162 continue;
3163 }
3164 else
3165 {
3166 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
3167 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3168 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3169 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3170 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3171 else
3172 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3173 the_insn.format = 14;
3174 continue;
3175 }
3176
3177 /* Handle a 12 bit branch displacement. */
3178 case 'w':
3179 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3180 get_expression (s);
3181 s = expr_end;
3182 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
3183 if (!strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol), "L$0\001"))
3184 {
3185 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3186 if (num % 4)
3187 {
3188 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3189 break;
3190 }
3191 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8199, -8184, 0);
3192
3193 opcode |= re_assemble_12 ((num - 8) >> 2);
3194 continue;
3195 }
3196 else
3197 {
3198 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3199 the_insn.format = 12;
3200 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3201 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3202 s = expr_end;
3203 continue;
3204 }
3205
3206 /* Handle a 17 bit branch displacement. */
3207 case 'W':
3208 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3209 get_expression (s);
3210 s = expr_end;
3211 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
3212 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
3213 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
3214 "L$0\001"))
3215 {
3216 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3217 if (num % 4)
3218 {
3219 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3220 break;
3221 }
3222 CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0);
3223
3224 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
3225 num -= 8;
3226
3227 opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2);
3228 continue;
3229 }
3230 else
3231 {
3232 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3233 the_insn.format = 17;
3234 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3235 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3236 continue;
3237 }
3238
3239 /* Handle a 22 bit branch displacement. */
3240 case 'X':
3241 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3242 get_expression (s);
3243 s = expr_end;
3244 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
3245 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
3246 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
3247 "L$0\001"))
3248 {
3249 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3250 if (num % 4)
3251 {
3252 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3253 break;
3254 }
3255 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8388607, -8388608, 0);
3256
3257 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
3258 num -= 8;
3259
3260 opcode |= re_assemble_22 (num >> 2);
3261 }
3262 else
3263 {
3264 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3265 the_insn.format = 22;
3266 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3267 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3268 continue;
3269 }
3270
3271 /* Handle an absolute 17 bit branch target. */
3272 case 'z':
3273 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3274 get_expression (s);
3275 s = expr_end;
3276 the_insn.pcrel = 0;
3277 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
3278 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
3279 "L$0\001"))
3280 {
3281 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3282 if (num % 4)
3283 {
3284 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3285 break;
3286 }
3287 CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0);
3288
3289 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
3290 num -= 8;
3291
3292 opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2);
3293 continue;
3294 }
3295 else
3296 {
3297 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_ABS_CALL;
3298 the_insn.format = 17;
3299 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3300 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3301 continue;
3302 }
3303
3304 /* Handle '%r1' implicit operand of addil instruction. */
3305 case 'Z':
3306 if (*s == ',' && *(s + 1) == '%' && *(s + 3) == '1'
3307 && (*(s + 2) == 'r' || *(s + 2) == 'R'))
3308 {
3309 s += 4;
3310 continue;
3311 }
3312 else
3313 break;
3314
3315 /* Handle '%sr0,%r31' implicit operand of be,l instruction. */
3316 case 'Y':
3317 if (strncasecmp (s, "%sr0,%r31", 9) != 0)
3318 break;
3319 s += 9;
3320 continue;
3321
3322 /* Handle immediate value of 0 for ordered load/store instructions. */
3323 case '@':
3324 if (*s != '0')
3325 break;
3326 s++;
3327 continue;
3328
3329 /* Handle a 2 bit shift count at 25. */
3330 case '.':
3331 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3332 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3333 break;
3334 s = expr_end;
3335 CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 1, strict);
3336 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3337
3338 /* Handle a 4 bit shift count at 25. */
3339 case '*':
3340 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3341 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3342 break;
3343 s = expr_end;
3344 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, 0, strict);
3345 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3346
3347 /* Handle a 5 bit shift count at 26. */
3348 case 'p':
3349 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3350 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3351 break;
3352 s = expr_end;
3353 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3354 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 31 - num, 5);
3355
3356 /* Handle a 6 bit shift count at 20,22:26. */
3357 case '~':
3358 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3359 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3360 break;
3361 s = expr_end;
3362 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
3363 num = 63 - num;
3364 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6;
3365 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5);
3366
3367 /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 23,27:31. */
3368 case '%':
3369 flag = 0;
3370 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3371 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3372 break;
3373 s = expr_end;
3374 CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict);
3375 num--;
3376 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 3;
3377 num = 31 - (num & 0x1f);
3378 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3379
3380 /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 19,27:31. */
3381 case '|':
3382 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3383 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3384 break;
3385 s = expr_end;
3386 CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict);
3387 num--;
3388 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 7;
3389 num = 31 - (num & 0x1f);
3390 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3391
3392 /* Handle a 5 bit bit position at 26. */
3393 case 'P':
3394 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3395 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3396 break;
3397 s = expr_end;
3398 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3399 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 5);
3400
3401 /* Handle a 6 bit bit position at 20,22:26. */
3402 case 'q':
3403 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3404 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3405 break;
3406 s = expr_end;
3407 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
3408 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6;
3409 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5);
3410
3411 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10 with 'd' as the complement
3412 of the high bit of the immediate. */
3413 case 'B':
3414 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3415 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3416 break;
3417 s = expr_end;
3418 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
3419 if (num & 0x20)
3420 ;
3421 else
3422 opcode |= (1 << 13);
3423 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 21);
3424
3425 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10. */
3426 case 'Q':
3427 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3428 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3429 break;
3430 s = expr_end;
3431 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3432 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
3433
3434 /* Handle a 9 bit immediate at 28. */
3435 case '$':
3436 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3437 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3438 break;
3439 s = expr_end;
3440 CHECK_FIELD (num, 511, 1, strict);
3441 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3);
3442
3443 /* Handle a 13 bit immediate at 18. */
3444 case 'A':
3445 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3446 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3447 break;
3448 s = expr_end;
3449 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, 0, strict);
3450 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
3451
3452 /* Handle a 26 bit immediate at 31. */
3453 case 'D':
3454 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3455 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3456 break;
3457 s = expr_end;
3458 CHECK_FIELD (num, 671108864, 0, strict);
3459 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3460
3461 /* Handle a 3 bit SFU identifier at 25. */
3462 case 'v':
3463 if (*s++ != ',')
3464 as_bad (_("Invalid SFU identifier"));
3465 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3466 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3467 break;
3468 s = expr_end;
3469 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict);
3470 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3471
3472 /* Handle a 20 bit SOP field for spop0. */
3473 case 'O':
3474 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3475 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3476 break;
3477 s = expr_end;
3478 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1048575, 0, strict);
3479 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000fffe0) << 6);
3480 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3481
3482 /* Handle a 15bit SOP field for spop1. */
3483 case 'o':
3484 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3485 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3486 break;
3487 s = expr_end;
3488 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict);
3489 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11);
3490
3491 /* Handle a 10bit SOP field for spop3. */
3492 case '0':
3493 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3494 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3495 break;
3496 s = expr_end;
3497 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict);
3498 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000003e0) << 6);
3499 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3500
3501 /* Handle a 15 bit SOP field for spop2. */
3502 case '1':
3503 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3504 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3505 break;
3506 s = expr_end;
3507 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict);
3508 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x00007fe0) << 6);
3509 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3510
3511 /* Handle a 3-bit co-processor ID field. */
3512 case 'u':
3513 if (*s++ != ',')
3514 as_bad (_("Invalid COPR identifier"));
3515 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3516 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3517 break;
3518 s = expr_end;
3519 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict);
3520 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3521
3522 /* Handle a 22bit SOP field for copr. */
3523 case '2':
3524 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3525 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3526 break;
3527 s = expr_end;
3528 CHECK_FIELD (num, 4194303, 0, strict);
3529 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x003fffe0) << 4);
3530 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3531
3532 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */
3533 case '{':
3534 if (*s == ',' && *(s+1) == 't')
3535 {
3536 the_insn.trunc = 1;
3537 s += 2;
3538 }
3539 else
3540 the_insn.trunc = 0;
3541 flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s);
3542 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3543 if (flag == W || flag == UW)
3544 flag = SGL;
3545 if (flag == DW || flag == UDW)
3546 flag = DBL;
3547 if (flag == QW || flag == UQW)
3548 flag = QUAD;
3549 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3550
3551 /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */
3552 case '_':
3553 /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */
3554 s--;
3555 flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s);
3556 the_insn.fpof2 = flag;
3557 if (flag == W || flag == UW)
3558 flag = SGL;
3559 if (flag == DW || flag == UDW)
3560 flag = DBL;
3561 if (flag == QW || flag == UQW)
3562 flag = QUAD;
3563 opcode |= flag << 13;
3564 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL
3565 || the_insn.fpof1 == DBL
3566 || the_insn.fpof1 == QUAD)
3567 {
3568 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
3569 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
3570 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
3571 flag = 0;
3572 else if (the_insn.fpof2 == W
3573 || the_insn.fpof2 == DW
3574 || the_insn.fpof2 == QW)
3575 flag = 2;
3576 else if (the_insn.fpof2 == UW
3577 || the_insn.fpof2 == UDW
3578 || the_insn.fpof2 == UQW)
3579 flag = 6;
3580 else
3581 abort ();
3582 }
3583 else if (the_insn.fpof1 == W
3584 || the_insn.fpof1 == DW
3585 || the_insn.fpof1 == QW)
3586 {
3587 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
3588 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
3589 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
3590 flag = 1;
3591 else
3592 abort ();
3593 }
3594 else if (the_insn.fpof1 == UW
3595 || the_insn.fpof1 == UDW
3596 || the_insn.fpof1 == UQW)
3597 {
3598 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
3599 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
3600 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
3601 flag = 5;
3602 else
3603 abort ();
3604 }
3605 flag |= the_insn.trunc;
3606 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 15);
3607
3608 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */
3609 case 'F':
3610 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3611 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3612 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3613
3614 /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */
3615 case 'G':
3616 /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */
3617 s--;
3618 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3619 the_insn.fpof2 = flag;
3620 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 13);
3621
3622 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer at 20. */
3623 case 'I':
3624 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3625 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3626 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3627
3628 /* Handle a floating point operand format at 26.
3629 Only allows single and double precision. */
3630 case 'H':
3631 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3632 switch (flag)
3633 {
3634 case SGL:
3635 opcode |= 0x20;
3636 case DBL:
3637 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3638 continue;
3639
3640 case QUAD:
3641 case ILLEGAL_FMT:
3642 default:
3643 as_bad (_("Invalid Floating Point Operand Format."));
3644 }
3645 break;
3646
3647 /* Handle all floating point registers. */
3648 case 'f':
3649 switch (*++args)
3650 {
3651 /* Float target register. */
3652 case 't':
3653 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3))
3654 break;
3655 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3656 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3657 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3658
3659 /* Float target register with L/R selection. */
3660 case 'T':
3661 {
3662 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3663 break;
3664 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3665 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3666 opcode |= num;
3667
3668 /* 0x30 opcodes are FP arithmetic operation opcodes
3669 and need to be turned into 0x38 opcodes. This
3670 is not necessary for loads/stores. */
3671 if (need_pa11_opcode ()
3672 && ((opcode & 0xfc000000) == 0x30000000))
3673 opcode |= 1 << 27;
3674
3675 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 6 : 0);
3676 continue;
3677 }
3678
3679 /* Float operand 1. */
3680 case 'a':
3681 {
3682 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3683 break;
3684 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3685 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3686 opcode |= num << 21;
3687 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
3688 {
3689 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0);
3690 opcode |= 1 << 27;
3691 }
3692 continue;
3693 }
3694
3695 /* Float operand 1 with L/R selection. */
3696 case 'X':
3697 case 'A':
3698 {
3699 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3700 break;
3701 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3702 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3703 opcode |= num << 21;
3704 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0);
3705 continue;
3706 }
3707
3708 /* Float operand 2. */
3709 case 'b':
3710 {
3711 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3712 break;
3713 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3714 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3715 opcode |= num << 16;
3716 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
3717 {
3718 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0);
3719 opcode |= 1 << 27;
3720 }
3721 continue;
3722 }
3723
3724 /* Float operand 2 with L/R selection. */
3725 case 'B':
3726 {
3727 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3728 break;
3729 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3730 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3731 opcode |= num << 16;
3732 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0);
3733 continue;
3734 }
3735
3736 /* Float operand 3 for fmpyfadd, fmpynfadd. */
3737 case 'C':
3738 {
3739 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3740 break;
3741 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3742 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3743 opcode |= (num & 0x1c) << 11;
3744 opcode |= (num & 0x03) << 9;
3745 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 8 : 0);
3746 continue;
3747 }
3748
3749 /* Float mult operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3750 case 'i':
3751 {
3752 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3753 break;
3754 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3755 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3756 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3757 {
3758 if (num < 16)
3759 {
3760 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3761 break;
3762 }
3763 num &= 0xF;
3764 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3765 }
3766 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
3767 }
3768
3769 /* Float mult operand 2 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3770 case 'j':
3771 {
3772 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3773 break;
3774 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3775 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3776 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3777 {
3778 if (num < 16)
3779 {
3780 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3781 break;
3782 }
3783 num &= 0xF;
3784 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3785 }
3786 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3787 }
3788
3789 /* Float mult target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3790 case 'k':
3791 {
3792 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3793 break;
3794 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3795 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3796 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3797 {
3798 if (num < 16)
3799 {
3800 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3801 break;
3802 }
3803 num &= 0xF;
3804 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3805 }
3806 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3807 }
3808
3809 /* Float add operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3810 case 'l':
3811 {
3812 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3813 break;
3814 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3815 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3816 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3817 {
3818 if (num < 16)
3819 {
3820 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3821 break;
3822 }
3823 num &= 0xF;
3824 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3825 }
3826 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3827 }
3828
3829 /* Float add target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3830 case 'm':
3831 {
3832 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3833 break;
3834 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3835 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3836 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3837 {
3838 if (num < 16)
3839 {
3840 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3841 break;
3842 }
3843 num &= 0xF;
3844 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3845 }
3846 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11);
3847 }
3848
3849 /* Handle L/R register halves like 'x'. */
3850 case 'E':
3851 case 'e':
3852 {
3853 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3854 break;
3855 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3856 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3857 opcode |= num << 16;
3858 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
3859 {
3860 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 1 : 0);
3861 }
3862 continue;
3863 }
3864
3865 /* Float target register (PA 2.0 wide). */
3866 case 'x':
3867 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3))
3868 break;
3869 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3870 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3871 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3872
3873 default:
3874 abort ();
3875 }
3876 break;
3877
3878 default:
3879 abort ();
3880 }
3881 break;
3882 }
3883
3884 failed:
3885 /* Check if the args matched. */
3886 if (match == FALSE)
3887 {
3888 if (&insn[1] - pa_opcodes < (int) NUMOPCODES
3889 && !strcmp (insn->name, insn[1].name))
3890 {
3891 ++insn;
3892 s = argstart;
3893 continue;
3894 }
3895 else
3896 {
3897 as_bad (_("Invalid operands %s"), error_message);
3898 return;
3899 }
3900 }
3901 break;
3902 }
3903
3904 the_insn.opcode = opcode;
3905 }
3906
3907 /* Turn a string in input_line_pointer into a floating point constant of type
3908 type, and store the appropriate bytes in *litP. The number of LITTLENUMS
3909 emitted is stored in *sizeP . An error message or NULL is returned. */
3910
3911 #define MAX_LITTLENUMS 6
3912
3913 char *
3914 md_atof (type, litP, sizeP)
3915 char type;
3916 char *litP;
3917 int *sizeP;
3918 {
3919 int prec;
3920 LITTLENUM_TYPE words[MAX_LITTLENUMS];
3921 LITTLENUM_TYPE *wordP;
3922 char *t;
3923
3924 switch (type)
3925 {
3926
3927 case 'f':
3928 case 'F':
3929 case 's':
3930 case 'S':
3931 prec = 2;
3932 break;
3933
3934 case 'd':
3935 case 'D':
3936 case 'r':
3937 case 'R':
3938 prec = 4;
3939 break;
3940
3941 case 'x':
3942 case 'X':
3943 prec = 6;
3944 break;
3945
3946 case 'p':
3947 case 'P':
3948 prec = 6;
3949 break;
3950
3951 default:
3952 *sizeP = 0;
3953 return _("Bad call to MD_ATOF()");
3954 }
3955 t = atof_ieee (input_line_pointer, type, words);
3956 if (t)
3957 input_line_pointer = t;
3958 *sizeP = prec * sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE);
3959 for (wordP = words; prec--;)
3960 {
3961 md_number_to_chars (litP, (valueT) (*wordP++), sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE));
3962 litP += sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE);
3963 }
3964 return NULL;
3965 }
3966
3967 /* Write out big-endian. */
3968
3969 void
3970 md_number_to_chars (buf, val, n)
3971 char *buf;
3972 valueT val;
3973 int n;
3974 {
3975 number_to_chars_bigendian (buf, val, n);
3976 }
3977
3978 /* Translate internal representation of relocation info to BFD target
3979 format. */
3980
3981 arelent **
3982 tc_gen_reloc (section, fixp)
3983 asection *section;
3984 fixS *fixp;
3985 {
3986 arelent *reloc;
3987 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp;
3988 static arelent *no_relocs = NULL;
3989 arelent **relocs;
3990 reloc_type **codes;
3991 reloc_type code;
3992 int n_relocs;
3993 int i;
3994
3995 hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
3996 if (fixp->fx_addsy == 0)
3997 return &no_relocs;
3998
3999 assert (hppa_fixp != 0);
4000 assert (section != 0);
4001
4002 reloc = (arelent *) xmalloc (sizeof (arelent));
4003
4004 reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4005 *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
4006 codes = hppa_gen_reloc_type (stdoutput,
4007 fixp->fx_r_type,
4008 hppa_fixp->fx_r_format,
4009 hppa_fixp->fx_r_field,
4010 fixp->fx_subsy != NULL,
4011 symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy));
4012
4013 if (codes == NULL)
4014 {
4015 as_bad (_("Cannot handle fixup at %s:%d"), fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line);
4016 abort ();
4017 }
4018
4019 for (n_relocs = 0; codes[n_relocs]; n_relocs++)
4020 ;
4021
4022 relocs = (arelent **) xmalloc (sizeof (arelent *) * n_relocs + 1);
4023 reloc = (arelent *) xmalloc (sizeof (arelent) * n_relocs);
4024 for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++)
4025 relocs[i] = &reloc[i];
4026
4027 relocs[n_relocs] = NULL;
4028
4029 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4030 switch (fixp->fx_r_type)
4031 {
4032 default:
4033 assert (n_relocs == 1);
4034
4035 code = *codes[0];
4036
4037 reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4038 *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
4039 reloc->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4040 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code);
4041 reloc->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4042
4043 assert (reloc->howto && (unsigned int) code == reloc->howto->type);
4044
4045 /* Now, do any processing that is dependent on the relocation type. */
4046 switch (code)
4047 {
4048 case R_PARISC_DLTREL21L:
4049 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14R:
4050 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14F:
4051 case R_PARISC_PLABEL32:
4052 case R_PARISC_PLABEL21L:
4053 case R_PARISC_PLABEL14R:
4054 /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the
4055 relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2
4056 (static link required). This adjustment is done in
4057 bfd/elf32-hppa.c:elf32_hppa_relocate_section.
4058
4059 We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs;
4060 it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since
4061 it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */
4062 reloc->addend = 0;
4063 break;
4064
4065 #ifdef ELF_ARG_RELOC
4066 case R_PARISC_PCREL17R:
4067 case R_PARISC_PCREL17F:
4068 case R_PARISC_PCREL17C:
4069 case R_PARISC_DIR17R:
4070 case R_PARISC_DIR17F:
4071 case R_PARISC_PCREL21L:
4072 case R_PARISC_DIR21L:
4073 reloc->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc,
4074 fixp->fx_offset);
4075 break;
4076 #endif
4077
4078 default:
4079 reloc->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
4080 break;
4081 }
4082 break;
4083 }
4084 #else /* OBJ_SOM */
4085
4086 /* Walk over reach relocation returned by the BFD backend. */
4087 for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++)
4088 {
4089 code = *codes[i];
4090
4091 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4092 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
4093 relocs[i]->howto =
4094 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4095 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code);
4096 relocs[i]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4097
4098 switch (code)
4099 {
4100 case R_COMP2:
4101 /* The only time we ever use a R_COMP2 fixup is for the difference
4102 of two symbols. With that in mind we fill in all four
4103 relocs now and break out of the loop. */
4104 assert (i == 1);
4105 relocs[0]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) &(bfd_abs_symbol);
4106 relocs[0]->howto =
4107 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4108 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[0]);
4109 relocs[0]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4110 relocs[0]->addend = 0;
4111 relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4112 *relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
4113 relocs[1]->howto =
4114 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4115 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[1]);
4116 relocs[1]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4117 relocs[1]->addend = 0;
4118 relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4119 *relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_subsy);
4120 relocs[2]->howto =
4121 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4122 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[2]);
4123 relocs[2]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4124 relocs[2]->addend = 0;
4125 relocs[3]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) &(bfd_abs_symbol);
4126 relocs[3]->howto =
4127 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4128 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[3]);
4129 relocs[3]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4130 relocs[3]->addend = 0;
4131 relocs[4]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) &(bfd_abs_symbol);
4132 relocs[4]->howto =
4133 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4134 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[4]);
4135 relocs[4]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4136 relocs[4]->addend = 0;
4137 goto done;
4138 case R_PCREL_CALL:
4139 case R_ABS_CALL:
4140 relocs[i]->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc, 0);
4141 break;
4142
4143 case R_DLT_REL:
4144 case R_DATA_PLABEL:
4145 case R_CODE_PLABEL:
4146 /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the
4147 relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2
4148 (static link required).
4149
4150 FIXME: We always assume no static link!
4151
4152 We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs;
4153 it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since
4154 it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */
4155 relocs[i]->addend = 0;
4156 break;
4157
4158 case R_N_MODE:
4159 case R_S_MODE:
4160 case R_D_MODE:
4161 case R_R_MODE:
4162 case R_FSEL:
4163 case R_LSEL:
4164 case R_RSEL:
4165 case R_BEGIN_BRTAB:
4166 case R_END_BRTAB:
4167 case R_BEGIN_TRY:
4168 case R_N0SEL:
4169 case R_N1SEL:
4170 /* There is no symbol or addend associated with these fixups. */
4171 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4172 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
4173 relocs[i]->addend = 0;
4174 break;
4175
4176 case R_END_TRY:
4177 case R_ENTRY:
4178 case R_EXIT:
4179 /* There is no symbol associated with these fixups. */
4180 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4181 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
4182 relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
4183 break;
4184
4185 default:
4186 relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
4187 }
4188 }
4189
4190 done:
4191 #endif
4192
4193 return relocs;
4194 }
4195
4196 /* Process any machine dependent frag types. */
4197
4198 void
4199 md_convert_frag (abfd, sec, fragP)
4200 register bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4201 register asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4202 register fragS *fragP;
4203 {
4204 unsigned int address;
4205
4206 if (fragP->fr_type == rs_machine_dependent)
4207 {
4208 switch ((int) fragP->fr_subtype)
4209 {
4210 case 0:
4211 fragP->fr_type = rs_fill;
4212 know (fragP->fr_var == 1);
4213 know (fragP->fr_next);
4214 address = fragP->fr_address + fragP->fr_fix;
4215 if (address % fragP->fr_offset)
4216 {
4217 fragP->fr_offset =
4218 fragP->fr_next->fr_address
4219 - fragP->fr_address
4220 - fragP->fr_fix;
4221 }
4222 else
4223 fragP->fr_offset = 0;
4224 break;
4225 }
4226 }
4227 }
4228
4229 /* Round up a section size to the appropriate boundary. */
4230
4231 valueT
4232 md_section_align (segment, size)
4233 asection *segment;
4234 valueT size;
4235 {
4236 int align = bfd_get_section_alignment (stdoutput, segment);
4237 int align2 = (1 << align) - 1;
4238
4239 return (size + align2) & ~align2;
4240 }
4241
4242 /* Return the approximate size of a frag before relaxation has occurred. */
4243 int
4244 md_estimate_size_before_relax (fragP, segment)
4245 register fragS *fragP;
4246 asection *segment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4247 {
4248 int size;
4249
4250 size = 0;
4251
4252 while ((fragP->fr_fix + size) % fragP->fr_offset)
4253 size++;
4254
4255 return size;
4256 }
4257 \f
4258 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4259 # ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4260 const char *md_shortopts = "Vc";
4261 # else
4262 const char *md_shortopts = "V";
4263 # endif
4264 #else
4265 # ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4266 const char *md_shortopts = "c";
4267 # else
4268 const char *md_shortopts = "";
4269 # endif
4270 #endif
4271
4272 struct option md_longopts[] = {
4273 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4274 {"warn-comment", no_argument, NULL, 'c'},
4275 #endif
4276 {NULL, no_argument, NULL, 0}
4277 };
4278 size_t md_longopts_size = sizeof(md_longopts);
4279
4280 int
4281 md_parse_option (c, arg)
4282 int c ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4283 char *arg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4284 {
4285 switch (c)
4286 {
4287 default:
4288 return 0;
4289
4290 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4291 case 'V':
4292 print_version_id ();
4293 break;
4294 #endif
4295 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4296 case 'c':
4297 warn_comment = 1;
4298 break;
4299 #endif
4300 }
4301
4302 return 1;
4303 }
4304
4305 void
4306 md_show_usage (stream)
4307 FILE *stream ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4308 {
4309 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4310 fprintf (stream, _("\
4311 -Q ignored\n"));
4312 #endif
4313 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4314 fprintf (stream, _("\
4315 -c print a warning if a comment is found\n"));
4316 #endif
4317 }
4318 \f
4319 /* We have no need to default values of symbols. */
4320
4321 symbolS *
4322 md_undefined_symbol (name)
4323 char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4324 {
4325 return 0;
4326 }
4327
4328 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
4329 #define nonzero_dibits(x) \
4330 ((x) | (((x) & 0x55555555) << 1) | (((x) & 0xAAAAAAAA) >> 1))
4331 #define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) \
4332 (((CALLER) ^ (CALLEE)) & nonzero_dibits (CALLER) & nonzero_dibits (CALLEE))
4333 #else
4334 #define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) 0
4335 #endif
4336
4337 /* Apply a fixup to an instruction. */
4338
4339 int
4340 md_apply_fix (fixP, valp)
4341 fixS *fixP;
4342 valueT *valp;
4343 {
4344 char *buf = fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal;
4345 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixP;
4346 offsetT new_val;
4347 int insn, val;
4348
4349 hppa_fixP = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixP->tc_fix_data;
4350 /* SOM uses R_HPPA_ENTRY and R_HPPA_EXIT relocations which can
4351 never be "applied" (they are just markers). Likewise for
4352 R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB and R_HPPA_END_BRTAB. */
4353 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
4354 if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ENTRY
4355 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_EXIT
4356 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB
4357 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_BRTAB
4358 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY)
4359 return 1;
4360
4361 /* Disgusting. We must set fx_offset ourselves -- R_HPPA_END_TRY
4362 fixups are considered not adjustable, which in turn causes
4363 adjust_reloc_syms to not set fx_offset. Ugh. */
4364 if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_TRY)
4365 {
4366 fixP->fx_offset = *valp;
4367 return 1;
4368 }
4369 #endif
4370 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4371 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY
4372 || fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT)
4373 return 1;
4374 #endif
4375
4376 insn = bfd_get_32 (stdoutput, (unsigned char *) buf);
4377 /* There should have been an HPPA specific fixup associated
4378 with the GAS fixup. */
4379 if (hppa_fixP)
4380 {
4381 int fmt = bfd_hppa_insn2fmt (stdoutput, insn);
4382
4383 assert (fmt == hppa_fixP->fx_r_format);
4384
4385 /* If there is a symbol associated with this fixup, then it's something
4386 which will need a SOM relocation (except for some PC-relative relocs).
4387 In such cases we should treat the "val" or "addend" as zero since it
4388 will be added in as needed from fx_offset in tc_gen_reloc. */
4389 if ((fixP->fx_addsy != NULL
4390 || fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_NONE)
4391 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
4392 && fmt != 32
4393 #endif
4394 )
4395 new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0);
4396 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
4397 /* These field selectors imply that we do not want an addend. */
4398 else if (hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_psel
4399 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rpsel
4400 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_lpsel
4401 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_tsel
4402 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rtsel
4403 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_ltsel)
4404 new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0);
4405 /* This is truely disgusting. The machine independent code blindly
4406 adds in the value of the symbol being relocated against. Damn! */
4407 else if (fmt == 32
4408 && fixP->fx_addsy != NULL
4409 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) != bfd_com_section_ptr)
4410 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (*valp - S_GET_VALUE (fixP->fx_addsy),
4411 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
4412 #endif
4413 else
4414 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (*valp, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
4415
4416 /* Handle pc-relative exceptions from above. */
4417 if ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22)
4418 && fixP->fx_addsy
4419 && fixP->fx_pcrel
4420 && !arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixP->fx_addsy),
4421 hppa_fixP->fx_arg_reloc)
4422 && ((*valp - 8 + 8192) < 16384
4423 || (fmt == 17 && (*valp - 8 + 262144) < 524288)
4424 || (fmt == 22 && (*valp - 8 + 8388608) < 16777216))
4425 && !S_IS_EXTERNAL (fixP->fx_addsy)
4426 && !S_IS_WEAK (fixP->fx_addsy)
4427 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == hppa_fixP->segment
4428 && !(fixP->fx_subsy
4429 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_subsy) != hppa_fixP->segment))
4430 {
4431 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (*valp, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
4432 }
4433
4434 switch (fmt)
4435 {
4436 case 10:
4437 CHECK_FIELD (new_val, 8191, -8192, 0);
4438 val = new_val;
4439
4440 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1) | (((val & 0x1ff8) << 1)
4441 | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13));
4442 break;
4443 case -11:
4444 CHECK_FIELD (new_val, 8191, -8192, 0);
4445 val = new_val;
4446
4447 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff9) | (((val & 0x1ffc) << 1)
4448 | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13));
4449 break;
4450 /* Handle all opcodes with the 'j' operand type. */
4451 case 14:
4452 CHECK_FIELD (new_val, 8191, -8192, 0);
4453 val = new_val;
4454
4455 insn = ((insn & ~ 0x3fff) | low_sign_unext (val, 14));
4456 break;
4457
4458 /* Handle all opcodes with the 'k' operand type. */
4459 case 21:
4460 CHECK_FIELD (new_val, 1048575, -1048576, 0);
4461 val = new_val;
4462
4463 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1fffff) | re_assemble_21 (val);
4464 break;
4465
4466 /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'i' operand type. */
4467 case 11:
4468 CHECK_FIELD (new_val, 1023, -1023, 0);
4469 val = new_val;
4470
4471 insn = (insn & ~ 0x7ff) | low_sign_unext (val, 11);
4472 break;
4473
4474 /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'w' operand type. */
4475 case 12:
4476 CHECK_FIELD (new_val - 8, 8191, -8192, 0);
4477 val = new_val - 8;
4478
4479 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1ffd) | re_assemble_12 (val >> 2);
4480 break;
4481
4482 /* Handle some of the opcodes with the 'W' operand type. */
4483 case 17:
4484 {
4485 offsetT distance = *valp;
4486
4487 /* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of
4488 range target, then we want to complain. */
4489 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL
4490 && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000)
4491 CHECK_FIELD (distance - 8, 262143, -262144, 0);
4492
4493 CHECK_FIELD (new_val - 8, 262143, -262144, 0);
4494 val = new_val - 8;
4495
4496 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1f1ffd) | re_assemble_17 (val >> 2);
4497 break;
4498 }
4499
4500 case 22:
4501 {
4502 offsetT distance = *valp;
4503
4504 /* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of
4505 range target, then we want to complain. */
4506 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL
4507 && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000)
4508 CHECK_FIELD (distance - 8, 8388607, -8388608, 0);
4509
4510 CHECK_FIELD (new_val - 8, 8388607, -8388608, 0);
4511 val = new_val - 8;
4512
4513 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1ffd) | re_assemble_22 (val >> 2);
4514 break;
4515 }
4516
4517 case -10:
4518 val = new_val;
4519 insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff1) | re_assemble_16 (val & -8);
4520 break;
4521
4522 case -16:
4523 val = new_val;
4524 insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff9) | re_assemble_16 (val & -4);
4525 break;
4526
4527 case 16:
4528 val = new_val;
4529 insn = (insn & ~ 0xffff) | re_assemble_16 (val);
4530 break;
4531
4532 case 32:
4533 insn = new_val;
4534 break;
4535
4536 default:
4537 as_bad (_("Unknown relocation encountered in md_apply_fix."));
4538 return 0;
4539 }
4540
4541 /* Insert the relocation. */
4542 bfd_put_32 (stdoutput, insn, (unsigned char *) buf);
4543 return 1;
4544 }
4545 else
4546 {
4547 printf (_("no hppa_fixup entry for this fixup (fixP = 0x%x, type = 0x%x)\n"),
4548 (unsigned int) fixP, fixP->fx_r_type);
4549 return 0;
4550 }
4551 }
4552
4553 /* Exactly what point is a PC-relative offset relative TO?
4554 On the PA, they're relative to the address of the offset. */
4555
4556 long
4557 md_pcrel_from (fixP)
4558 fixS *fixP;
4559 {
4560 return fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_address;
4561 }
4562
4563 /* Return nonzero if the input line pointer is at the end of
4564 a statement. */
4565
4566 static int
4567 is_end_of_statement ()
4568 {
4569 return ((*input_line_pointer == '\n')
4570 || (*input_line_pointer == ';')
4571 || (*input_line_pointer == '!'));
4572 }
4573
4574 /* Read a number from S. The number might come in one of many forms,
4575 the most common will be a hex or decimal constant, but it could be
4576 a pre-defined register (Yuk!), or an absolute symbol.
4577
4578 Return 1 on success or 0 on failure. If STRICT, then a missing
4579 register prefix will cause a failure. The number itself is
4580 returned in `pa_number'.
4581
4582 IS_FLOAT indicates that a PA-89 FP register number should be
4583 parsed; A `l' or `r' suffix is checked for if but 2 of IS_FLOAT is
4584 not set.
4585
4586 pa_parse_number can not handle negative constants and will fail
4587 horribly if it is passed such a constant. */
4588
4589 static int
4590 pa_parse_number (s, is_float)
4591 char **s;
4592 int is_float;
4593 {
4594 int num;
4595 char *name;
4596 char c;
4597 symbolS *sym;
4598 int status;
4599 char *p = *s;
4600 boolean have_prefix;
4601
4602 /* Skip whitespace before the number. */
4603 while (*p == ' ' || *p == '\t')
4604 p = p + 1;
4605
4606 pa_number = -1;
4607 have_prefix = 0;
4608 num = 0;
4609 if (!strict && isdigit (*p))
4610 {
4611 /* Looks like a number. */
4612
4613 if (*p == '0' && (*(p + 1) == 'x' || *(p + 1) == 'X'))
4614 {
4615 /* The number is specified in hex. */
4616 p += 2;
4617 while (isdigit (*p) || ((*p >= 'a') && (*p <= 'f'))
4618 || ((*p >= 'A') && (*p <= 'F')))
4619 {
4620 if (isdigit (*p))
4621 num = num * 16 + *p - '0';
4622 else if (*p >= 'a' && *p <= 'f')
4623 num = num * 16 + *p - 'a' + 10;
4624 else
4625 num = num * 16 + *p - 'A' + 10;
4626 ++p;
4627 }
4628 }
4629 else
4630 {
4631 /* The number is specified in decimal. */
4632 while (isdigit (*p))
4633 {
4634 num = num * 10 + *p - '0';
4635 ++p;
4636 }
4637 }
4638
4639 pa_number = num;
4640
4641 /* Check for a `l' or `r' suffix. */
4642 if (is_float)
4643 {
4644 pa_number += FP_REG_BASE;
4645 if (! (is_float & 2))
4646 {
4647 if (IS_R_SELECT (p))
4648 {
4649 pa_number += FP_REG_RSEL;
4650 ++p;
4651 }
4652 else if (IS_L_SELECT (p))
4653 {
4654 ++p;
4655 }
4656 }
4657 }
4658 }
4659 else if (*p == '%')
4660 {
4661 /* The number might be a predefined register. */
4662 have_prefix = 1;
4663 name = p;
4664 p++;
4665 c = *p;
4666 /* Tege hack: Special case for general registers as the general
4667 code makes a binary search with case translation, and is VERY
4668 slow. */
4669 if (c == 'r')
4670 {
4671 p++;
4672 if (*p == 'e' && *(p + 1) == 't'
4673 && (*(p + 2) == '0' || *(p + 2) == '1'))
4674 {
4675 p += 2;
4676 num = *p - '0' + 28;
4677 p++;
4678 }
4679 else if (*p == 'p')
4680 {
4681 num = 2;
4682 p++;
4683 }
4684 else if (!isdigit (*p))
4685 {
4686 if (print_errors)
4687 as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name);
4688 num = -1;
4689 }
4690 else
4691 {
4692 do
4693 num = num * 10 + *p++ - '0';
4694 while (isdigit (*p));
4695 }
4696 }
4697 else
4698 {
4699 /* Do a normal register search. */
4700 while (is_part_of_name (c))
4701 {
4702 p = p + 1;
4703 c = *p;
4704 }
4705 *p = 0;
4706 status = reg_name_search (name);
4707 if (status >= 0)
4708 num = status;
4709 else
4710 {
4711 if (print_errors)
4712 as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name);
4713 num = -1;
4714 }
4715 *p = c;
4716 }
4717
4718 pa_number = num;
4719 }
4720 else
4721 {
4722 /* And finally, it could be a symbol in the absolute section which
4723 is effectively a constant, or a register alias symbol. */
4724 name = p;
4725 c = *p;
4726 while (is_part_of_name (c))
4727 {
4728 p = p + 1;
4729 c = *p;
4730 }
4731 *p = 0;
4732 if ((sym = symbol_find (name)) != NULL)
4733 {
4734 if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == reg_section)
4735 {
4736 num = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
4737 /* Well, we don't really have one, but we do have a
4738 register, so... */
4739 have_prefix = true;
4740 }
4741 else if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == &bfd_abs_section)
4742 num = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
4743 else if (!strict)
4744 {
4745 if (print_errors)
4746 as_bad (_("Non-absolute symbol: '%s'."), name);
4747 num = -1;
4748 }
4749 }
4750 else if (!strict)
4751 {
4752 /* There is where we'd come for an undefined symbol
4753 or for an empty string. For an empty string we
4754 will return zero. That's a concession made for
4755 compatability with the braindamaged HP assemblers. */
4756 if (*name == 0)
4757 num = 0;
4758 else
4759 {
4760 if (print_errors)
4761 as_bad (_("Undefined absolute constant: '%s'."), name);
4762 num = -1;
4763 }
4764 }
4765 *p = c;
4766
4767 pa_number = num;
4768 }
4769
4770 if (!strict || have_prefix)
4771 {
4772 *s = p;
4773 return 1;
4774 }
4775 return 0;
4776 }
4777
4778 #define REG_NAME_CNT (sizeof(pre_defined_registers) / sizeof(struct pd_reg))
4779
4780 /* Given NAME, find the register number associated with that name, return
4781 the integer value associated with the given name or -1 on failure. */
4782
4783 static int
4784 reg_name_search (name)
4785 char *name;
4786 {
4787 int middle, low, high;
4788 int cmp;
4789
4790 low = 0;
4791 high = REG_NAME_CNT - 1;
4792
4793 do
4794 {
4795 middle = (low + high) / 2;
4796 cmp = strcasecmp (name, pre_defined_registers[middle].name);
4797 if (cmp < 0)
4798 high = middle - 1;
4799 else if (cmp > 0)
4800 low = middle + 1;
4801 else
4802 return pre_defined_registers[middle].value;
4803 }
4804 while (low <= high);
4805
4806 return -1;
4807 }
4808
4809 /* Return nonzero if the given INSN and L/R information will require
4810 a new PA-1.1 opcode. */
4811
4812 static int
4813 need_pa11_opcode ()
4814 {
4815 if ((pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL) != 0
4816 && !(the_insn.fpof1 == DBL && the_insn.fpof2 == DBL))
4817 {
4818 /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture,
4819 then set a new architecture. */
4820 if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < pa11)
4821 {
4822 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, pa11))
4823 as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine"));
4824 }
4825 return TRUE;
4826 }
4827 else
4828 return FALSE;
4829 }
4830
4831 /* Parse a condition for a fcmp instruction. Return the numerical
4832 code associated with the condition. */
4833
4834 static int
4835 pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (s)
4836 char **s;
4837 {
4838 int cond, i;
4839
4840 cond = 0;
4841
4842 for (i = 0; i < 32; i++)
4843 {
4844 if (strncasecmp (*s, fp_cond_map[i].string,
4845 strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string)) == 0)
4846 {
4847 cond = fp_cond_map[i].cond;
4848 *s += strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string);
4849 /* If not a complete match, back up the input string and
4850 report an error. */
4851 if (**s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
4852 {
4853 *s -= strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string);
4854 break;
4855 }
4856 while (**s == ' ' || **s == '\t')
4857 *s = *s + 1;
4858 return cond;
4859 }
4860 }
4861
4862 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Compare Condition: %s"), *s);
4863
4864 /* Advance over the bogus completer. */
4865 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
4866 *s += 1;
4867
4868 return 0;
4869 }
4870
4871 /* Parse a graphics test complete for ftest. */
4872
4873 static int
4874 pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (s)
4875 char **s;
4876 {
4877 int value;
4878
4879 value = 0;
4880 if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc8", 4) == 0)
4881 {
4882 value = 5;
4883 *s += 4;
4884 }
4885 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc6", 4) == 0)
4886 {
4887 value = 9;
4888 *s += 4;
4889 }
4890 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc4", 4) == 0)
4891 {
4892 value = 13;
4893 *s += 4;
4894 }
4895 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc2", 4) == 0)
4896 {
4897 value = 17;
4898 *s += 4;
4899 }
4900 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc", 3) == 0)
4901 {
4902 value = 1;
4903 *s += 3;
4904 }
4905 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej8", 4) == 0)
4906 {
4907 value = 6;
4908 *s += 4;
4909 }
4910 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej", 3) == 0)
4911 {
4912 value = 2;
4913 *s += 3;
4914 }
4915 else
4916 {
4917 value = 0;
4918 as_bad (_("Invalid FTEST completer: %s"), *s);
4919 }
4920
4921 return value;
4922 }
4923
4924 /* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer
4925 type. */
4926
4927 static fp_operand_format
4928 pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (s)
4929 char **s;
4930 {
4931 int format;
4932
4933 format = SGL;
4934 if (**s == ',')
4935 {
4936 *s += 1;
4937 if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0)
4938 {
4939 format = SGL;
4940 *s += 4;
4941 }
4942 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0)
4943 {
4944 format = DBL;
4945 *s += 4;
4946 }
4947 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0)
4948 {
4949 format = QUAD;
4950 *s += 5;
4951 }
4952 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "w", 1) == 0)
4953 {
4954 format = W;
4955 *s += 2;
4956 }
4957 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uw", 2) == 0)
4958 {
4959 format = UW;
4960 *s += 3;
4961 }
4962 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dw", 2) == 0)
4963 {
4964 format = DW;
4965 *s += 3;
4966 }
4967 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "udw", 3) == 0)
4968 {
4969 format = UDW;
4970 *s += 4;
4971 }
4972 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "qw", 2) == 0)
4973 {
4974 format = QW;
4975 *s += 3;
4976 }
4977 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uqw", 3) == 0)
4978 {
4979 format = UQW;
4980 *s += 4;
4981 }
4982 else
4983 {
4984 format = ILLEGAL_FMT;
4985 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s);
4986 }
4987 }
4988
4989 return format;
4990 }
4991
4992 /* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer
4993 type. */
4994
4995 static fp_operand_format
4996 pa_parse_fp_format (s)
4997 char **s;
4998 {
4999 int format;
5000
5001 format = SGL;
5002 if (**s == ',')
5003 {
5004 *s += 1;
5005 if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0)
5006 {
5007 format = SGL;
5008 *s += 4;
5009 }
5010 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0)
5011 {
5012 format = DBL;
5013 *s += 4;
5014 }
5015 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0)
5016 {
5017 format = QUAD;
5018 *s += 5;
5019 }
5020 else
5021 {
5022 format = ILLEGAL_FMT;
5023 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s);
5024 }
5025 }
5026
5027 return format;
5028 }
5029
5030 /* Convert from a selector string into a selector type. */
5031
5032 static int
5033 pa_chk_field_selector (str)
5034 char **str;
5035 {
5036 int middle, low, high;
5037 int cmp;
5038 char name[4];
5039
5040 /* Read past any whitespace. */
5041 /* FIXME: should we read past newlines and formfeeds??? */
5042 while (**str == ' ' || **str == '\t' || **str == '\n' || **str == '\f')
5043 *str = *str + 1;
5044
5045 if ((*str)[1] == '\'' || (*str)[1] == '%')
5046 name[0] = tolower ((*str)[0]),
5047 name[1] = 0;
5048 else if ((*str)[2] == '\'' || (*str)[2] == '%')
5049 name[0] = tolower ((*str)[0]),
5050 name[1] = tolower ((*str)[1]),
5051 name[2] = 0;
5052 else if ((*str)[3] == '\'' || (*str)[3] == '%')
5053 name[0] = tolower ((*str)[0]),
5054 name[1] = tolower ((*str)[1]),
5055 name[2] = tolower ((*str)[2]),
5056 name[3] = 0;
5057 else
5058 return e_fsel;
5059
5060 low = 0;
5061 high = sizeof (selector_table) / sizeof (struct selector_entry) - 1;
5062
5063 do
5064 {
5065 middle = (low + high) / 2;
5066 cmp = strcmp (name, selector_table[middle].prefix);
5067 if (cmp < 0)
5068 high = middle - 1;
5069 else if (cmp > 0)
5070 low = middle + 1;
5071 else
5072 {
5073 *str += strlen (name) + 1;
5074 #ifndef OBJ_SOM
5075 if (selector_table[middle].field_selector == e_nsel)
5076 return e_fsel;
5077 #endif
5078 return selector_table[middle].field_selector;
5079 }
5080 }
5081 while (low <= high);
5082
5083 return e_fsel;
5084 }
5085
5086 /* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an expression (I think). FIXME. */
5087
5088 static int
5089 get_expression (str)
5090 char *str;
5091 {
5092 char *save_in;
5093 asection *seg;
5094
5095 save_in = input_line_pointer;
5096 input_line_pointer = str;
5097 seg = expression (&the_insn.exp);
5098 if (!(seg == absolute_section
5099 || seg == undefined_section
5100 || SEG_NORMAL (seg)))
5101 {
5102 as_warn (_("Bad segment in expression."));
5103 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5104 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5105 return 1;
5106 }
5107 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5108 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5109 return 0;
5110 }
5111
5112 /* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an absolute expression. FIXME. */
5113 static int
5114 pa_get_absolute_expression (insn, strp)
5115 struct pa_it *insn;
5116 char **strp;
5117 {
5118 char *save_in;
5119
5120 insn->field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (strp);
5121 save_in = input_line_pointer;
5122 input_line_pointer = *strp;
5123 expression (&insn->exp);
5124 /* This is not perfect, but is a huge improvement over doing nothing.
5125
5126 The PA assembly syntax is ambigious in a variety of ways. Consider
5127 this string "4 %r5" Is that the number 4 followed by the register
5128 r5, or is that 4 MOD r5?
5129
5130 If we get a modulo expresion When looking for an absolute, we try
5131 again cutting off the input string at the first whitespace character. */
5132 if (insn->exp.X_op == O_modulus)
5133 {
5134 char *s, c;
5135 int retval;
5136
5137 input_line_pointer = *strp;
5138 s = *strp;
5139 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
5140 s++;
5141
5142 c = *s;
5143 *s = 0;
5144
5145 retval = pa_get_absolute_expression (insn, strp);
5146
5147 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5148 *s = c;
5149 return evaluate_absolute (insn);
5150 }
5151 /* When in strict mode we have a non-match, fix up the pointers
5152 and return to our caller. */
5153 if (insn->exp.X_op != O_constant && strict)
5154 {
5155 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5156 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5157 return 0;
5158 }
5159 if (insn->exp.X_op != O_constant)
5160 {
5161 as_bad (_("Bad segment (should be absolute)."));
5162 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5163 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5164 return 0;
5165 }
5166 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5167 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5168 return evaluate_absolute (insn);
5169 }
5170
5171 /* Evaluate an absolute expression EXP which may be modified by
5172 the selector FIELD_SELECTOR. Return the value of the expression. */
5173 static int
5174 evaluate_absolute (insn)
5175 struct pa_it *insn;
5176 {
5177 offsetT value;
5178 expressionS exp;
5179 int field_selector = insn->field_selector;
5180
5181 exp = insn->exp;
5182 value = exp.X_add_number;
5183
5184 return hppa_field_adjust (0, value, field_selector);
5185 }
5186
5187 /* Given an argument location specification return the associated
5188 argument location number. */
5189
5190 static unsigned int
5191 pa_build_arg_reloc (type_name)
5192 char *type_name;
5193 {
5194
5195 if (strncasecmp (type_name, "no", 2) == 0)
5196 return 0;
5197 if (strncasecmp (type_name, "gr", 2) == 0)
5198 return 1;
5199 else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fr", 2) == 0)
5200 return 2;
5201 else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fu", 2) == 0)
5202 return 3;
5203 else
5204 as_bad (_("Invalid argument location: %s\n"), type_name);
5205
5206 return 0;
5207 }
5208
5209 /* Encode and return an argument relocation specification for
5210 the given register in the location specified by arg_reloc. */
5211
5212 static unsigned int
5213 pa_align_arg_reloc (reg, arg_reloc)
5214 unsigned int reg;
5215 unsigned int arg_reloc;
5216 {
5217 unsigned int new_reloc;
5218
5219 new_reloc = arg_reloc;
5220 switch (reg)
5221 {
5222 case 0:
5223 new_reloc <<= 8;
5224 break;
5225 case 1:
5226 new_reloc <<= 6;
5227 break;
5228 case 2:
5229 new_reloc <<= 4;
5230 break;
5231 case 3:
5232 new_reloc <<= 2;
5233 break;
5234 default:
5235 as_bad (_("Invalid argument description: %d"), reg);
5236 }
5237
5238 return new_reloc;
5239 }
5240
5241 /* Parse a PA nullification completer (,n). Return nonzero if the
5242 completer was found; return zero if no completer was found. */
5243
5244 static int
5245 pa_parse_nullif (s)
5246 char **s;
5247 {
5248 int nullif;
5249
5250 nullif = 0;
5251 if (**s == ',')
5252 {
5253 *s = *s + 1;
5254 if (strncasecmp (*s, "n", 1) == 0)
5255 nullif = 1;
5256 else
5257 {
5258 as_bad (_("Invalid Nullification: (%c)"), **s);
5259 nullif = 0;
5260 }
5261 *s = *s + 1;
5262 }
5263
5264 return nullif;
5265 }
5266
5267 /* Parse a non-negated compare/subtract completer returning the
5268 number (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer.
5269
5270 ISBRANCH specifies whether or not this is parsing a condition
5271 completer for a branch (vs a nullification completer for a
5272 computational instruction. */
5273
5274 static int
5275 pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (s, isbranch)
5276 char **s;
5277 int isbranch;
5278 {
5279 int cmpltr;
5280 char *name = *s + 1;
5281 char c;
5282 char *save_s = *s;
5283 int nullify = 0;
5284
5285 cmpltr = 0;
5286 if (**s == ',')
5287 {
5288 *s += 1;
5289 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5290 *s += 1;
5291 c = **s;
5292 **s = 0x00;
5293
5294 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
5295 {
5296 cmpltr = 1;
5297 }
5298 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
5299 {
5300 cmpltr = 2;
5301 }
5302 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
5303 {
5304 cmpltr = 3;
5305 }
5306 else if (strcmp (name, "<<") == 0)
5307 {
5308 cmpltr = 4;
5309 }
5310 else if (strcmp (name, "<<=") == 0)
5311 {
5312 cmpltr = 5;
5313 }
5314 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
5315 {
5316 cmpltr = 6;
5317 }
5318 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
5319 {
5320 cmpltr = 7;
5321 }
5322 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5323 completer. */
5324 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && isbranch)
5325 {
5326 cmpltr = 0;
5327 nullify = 1;
5328 }
5329 else
5330 {
5331 cmpltr = -1;
5332 }
5333 **s = c;
5334 }
5335
5336 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5337 if (nullify)
5338 *s = save_s;
5339
5340 return cmpltr;
5341 }
5342
5343 /* Parse a negated compare/subtract completer returning the
5344 number (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer.
5345
5346 ISBRANCH specifies whether or not this is parsing a condition
5347 completer for a branch (vs a nullification completer for a
5348 computational instruction. */
5349
5350 static int
5351 pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (s, isbranch)
5352 char **s;
5353 int isbranch;
5354 {
5355 int cmpltr;
5356 char *name = *s + 1;
5357 char c;
5358 char *save_s = *s;
5359 int nullify = 0;
5360
5361 cmpltr = 0;
5362 if (**s == ',')
5363 {
5364 *s += 1;
5365 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5366 *s += 1;
5367 c = **s;
5368 **s = 0x00;
5369
5370 if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
5371 {
5372 cmpltr = 0;
5373 }
5374 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
5375 {
5376 cmpltr = 1;
5377 }
5378 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
5379 {
5380 cmpltr = 2;
5381 }
5382 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
5383 {
5384 cmpltr = 3;
5385 }
5386 else if (strcmp (name, ">>=") == 0)
5387 {
5388 cmpltr = 4;
5389 }
5390 else if (strcmp (name, ">>") == 0)
5391 {
5392 cmpltr = 5;
5393 }
5394 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
5395 {
5396 cmpltr = 6;
5397 }
5398 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
5399 {
5400 cmpltr = 7;
5401 }
5402 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5403 completer. */
5404 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && isbranch)
5405 {
5406 cmpltr = 0;
5407 nullify = 1;
5408 }
5409 else
5410 {
5411 cmpltr = -1;
5412 }
5413 **s = c;
5414 }
5415
5416 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5417 if (nullify)
5418 *s = save_s;
5419
5420 return cmpltr;
5421 }
5422
5423 /* Parse a 64 bit compare and branch completer returning the number (for
5424 encoding in instrutions) of the given completer.
5425
5426 Nonnegated comparisons are returned as 0-7, negated comparisons are
5427 returned as 8-15. */
5428
5429 static int
5430 pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (s)
5431 char **s;
5432 {
5433 int cmpltr;
5434 char *name = *s + 1;
5435 char c;
5436
5437 cmpltr = -1;
5438 if (**s == ',')
5439 {
5440 *s += 1;
5441 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5442 *s += 1;
5443 c = **s;
5444 **s = 0x00;
5445
5446 if (strcmp (name, "*") == 0)
5447 {
5448 cmpltr = 0;
5449 }
5450 else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0)
5451 {
5452 cmpltr = 1;
5453 }
5454 else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0)
5455 {
5456 cmpltr = 2;
5457 }
5458 else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
5459 {
5460 cmpltr = 3;
5461 }
5462 else if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0)
5463 {
5464 cmpltr = 4;
5465 }
5466 else if (strcmp (name, "*<<=") == 0)
5467 {
5468 cmpltr = 5;
5469 }
5470 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*sv") == 0)
5471 {
5472 cmpltr = 6;
5473 }
5474 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*od") == 0)
5475 {
5476 cmpltr = 7;
5477 }
5478 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*tr") == 0)
5479 {
5480 cmpltr = 8;
5481 }
5482 else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
5483 {
5484 cmpltr = 9;
5485 }
5486 else if (strcmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
5487 {
5488 cmpltr = 10;
5489 }
5490 else if (strcmp (name, "*>") == 0)
5491 {
5492 cmpltr = 11;
5493 }
5494 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0)
5495 {
5496 cmpltr = 12;
5497 }
5498 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>") == 0)
5499 {
5500 cmpltr = 13;
5501 }
5502 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*nsv") == 0)
5503 {
5504 cmpltr = 14;
5505 }
5506 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*ev") == 0)
5507 {
5508 cmpltr = 15;
5509 }
5510 else
5511 {
5512 cmpltr = -1;
5513 }
5514 **s = c;
5515 }
5516
5517 return cmpltr;
5518 }
5519
5520 /* Parse a 64 bit compare immediate and branch completer returning the number
5521 (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer. */
5522
5523 static int
5524 pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (s)
5525 char **s;
5526 {
5527 int cmpltr;
5528 char *name = *s + 1;
5529 char c;
5530
5531 cmpltr = -1;
5532 if (**s == ',')
5533 {
5534 *s += 1;
5535 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5536 *s += 1;
5537 c = **s;
5538 **s = 0x00;
5539
5540 if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0)
5541 {
5542 cmpltr = 0;
5543 }
5544 else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0)
5545 {
5546 cmpltr = 1;
5547 }
5548 else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0)
5549 {
5550 cmpltr = 2;
5551 }
5552 else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
5553 {
5554 cmpltr = 3;
5555 }
5556 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0)
5557 {
5558 cmpltr = 4;
5559 }
5560 else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
5561 {
5562 cmpltr = 5;
5563 }
5564 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
5565 {
5566 cmpltr = 6;
5567 }
5568 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0)
5569 {
5570 cmpltr = 7;
5571 }
5572 else
5573 {
5574 cmpltr = -1;
5575 }
5576 **s = c;
5577 }
5578
5579 return cmpltr;
5580 }
5581
5582 /* Parse a non-negated addition completer returning the number
5583 (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer.
5584
5585 ISBRANCH specifies whether or not this is parsing a condition
5586 completer for a branch (vs a nullification completer for a
5587 computational instruction. */
5588
5589 static int
5590 pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (s, isbranch)
5591 char **s;
5592 int isbranch;
5593 {
5594 int cmpltr;
5595 char *name = *s + 1;
5596 char c;
5597 char *save_s = *s;
5598
5599 cmpltr = 0;
5600 if (**s == ',')
5601 {
5602 *s += 1;
5603 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5604 *s += 1;
5605 c = **s;
5606 **s = 0x00;
5607 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
5608 {
5609 cmpltr = 1;
5610 }
5611 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
5612 {
5613 cmpltr = 2;
5614 }
5615 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
5616 {
5617 cmpltr = 3;
5618 }
5619 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
5620 {
5621 cmpltr = 4;
5622 }
5623 else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0)
5624 {
5625 cmpltr = 5;
5626 }
5627 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
5628 {
5629 cmpltr = 6;
5630 }
5631 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
5632 {
5633 cmpltr = 7;
5634 }
5635 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5636 completer. */
5637 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && isbranch)
5638 {
5639 cmpltr = 0;
5640 }
5641 else
5642 {
5643 cmpltr = -1;
5644 }
5645 **s = c;
5646 }
5647
5648 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5649 if (cmpltr == 0 && *name == 'n' && isbranch)
5650 *s = save_s;
5651
5652 return cmpltr;
5653 }
5654
5655 /* Parse a negated addition completer returning the number
5656 (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer.
5657
5658 ISBRANCH specifies whether or not this is parsing a condition
5659 completer for a branch (vs a nullification completer for a
5660 computational instruction). */
5661
5662 static int
5663 pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (s, isbranch)
5664 char **s;
5665 int isbranch;
5666 {
5667 int cmpltr;
5668 char *name = *s + 1;
5669 char c;
5670 char *save_s = *s;
5671
5672 cmpltr = 0;
5673 if (**s == ',')
5674 {
5675 *s += 1;
5676 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5677 *s += 1;
5678 c = **s;
5679 **s = 0x00;
5680 if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
5681 {
5682 cmpltr = 0;
5683 }
5684 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
5685 {
5686 cmpltr = 1;
5687 }
5688 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
5689 {
5690 cmpltr = 2;
5691 }
5692 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
5693 {
5694 cmpltr = 3;
5695 }
5696 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
5697 {
5698 cmpltr = 4;
5699 }
5700 else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0)
5701 {
5702 cmpltr = 5;
5703 }
5704 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
5705 {
5706 cmpltr = 6;
5707 }
5708 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
5709 {
5710 cmpltr = 7;
5711 }
5712 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5713 completer. */
5714 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && isbranch)
5715 {
5716 cmpltr = 0;
5717 }
5718 else
5719 {
5720 cmpltr = -1;
5721 }
5722 **s = c;
5723 }
5724
5725 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5726 if (cmpltr == 0 && *name == 'n' && isbranch)
5727 *s = save_s;
5728
5729 return cmpltr;
5730 }
5731
5732 /* Parse a 64 bit wide mode add and branch completer returning the number (for
5733 encoding in instrutions) of the given completer. */
5734
5735 static int
5736 pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (s)
5737 char **s;
5738 {
5739 int cmpltr;
5740 char *name = *s + 1;
5741 char c;
5742 char *save_s = *s;
5743 int nullify = 0;
5744
5745 cmpltr = 0;
5746 if (**s == ',')
5747 {
5748 *s += 1;
5749 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5750 *s += 1;
5751 c = **s;
5752 **s = 0x00;
5753 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
5754 {
5755 cmpltr = 1;
5756 }
5757 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
5758 {
5759 cmpltr = 2;
5760 }
5761 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
5762 {
5763 cmpltr = 3;
5764 }
5765 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
5766 {
5767 cmpltr = 4;
5768 }
5769 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*=") == 0)
5770 {
5771 cmpltr = 5;
5772 }
5773 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<") == 0)
5774 {
5775 cmpltr = 6;
5776 }
5777 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
5778 {
5779 cmpltr = 7;
5780 }
5781 else if (strcmp (name, "tr") == 0)
5782 {
5783 cmpltr = 8;
5784 }
5785 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
5786 {
5787 cmpltr = 9;
5788 }
5789 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
5790 {
5791 cmpltr = 10;
5792 }
5793 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
5794 {
5795 cmpltr = 11;
5796 }
5797 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
5798 {
5799 cmpltr = 12;
5800 }
5801 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
5802 {
5803 cmpltr = 13;
5804 }
5805 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
5806 {
5807 cmpltr = 14;
5808 }
5809 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0)
5810 {
5811 cmpltr = 15;
5812 }
5813 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5814 completer. */
5815 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
5816 {
5817 cmpltr = 0;
5818 nullify = 1;
5819 }
5820 else
5821 {
5822 cmpltr = -1;
5823 }
5824 **s = c;
5825 }
5826
5827 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5828 if (nullify)
5829 *s = save_s;
5830
5831 return cmpltr;
5832 }
5833
5834 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5835 /* Handle an alignment directive. Special so that we can update the
5836 alignment of the subspace if necessary. */
5837 static void
5838 pa_align (bytes)
5839 int bytes;
5840 {
5841 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
5842 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5843
5844 /* Let the generic gas code do most of the work. */
5845 s_align_bytes (bytes);
5846
5847 /* If bytes is a power of 2, then update the current subspace's
5848 alignment if necessary. */
5849 if (log2 (bytes) != -1)
5850 record_alignment (current_subspace->ssd_seg, log2 (bytes));
5851 }
5852 #endif
5853
5854 /* Handle a .BLOCK type pseudo-op. */
5855
5856 static void
5857 pa_block (z)
5858 int z ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
5859 {
5860 char *p;
5861 long int temp_fill;
5862 unsigned int temp_size;
5863 unsigned int i;
5864
5865 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5866 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
5867 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5868 #endif
5869
5870 temp_size = get_absolute_expression ();
5871
5872 /* Always fill with zeros, that's what the HP assembler does. */
5873 temp_fill = 0;
5874
5875 p = frag_var (rs_fill, (int) temp_size, (int) temp_size,
5876 (relax_substateT) 0, (symbolS *) 0, (offsetT) 1, NULL);
5877 memset (p, 0, temp_size);
5878
5879 /* Convert 2 bytes at a time. */
5880
5881 for (i = 0; i < temp_size; i += 2)
5882 {
5883 md_number_to_chars (p + i,
5884 (valueT) temp_fill,
5885 (int) ((temp_size - i) > 2 ? 2 : (temp_size - i)));
5886 }
5887
5888 pa_undefine_label ();
5889 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5890 }
5891
5892 /* Handle a .begin_brtab and .end_brtab pseudo-op. */
5893
5894 static void
5895 pa_brtab (begin)
5896 int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
5897 {
5898
5899 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5900 /* The BRTAB relocations are only availble in SOM (to denote
5901 the beginning and end of branch tables). */
5902 char *where = frag_more (0);
5903
5904 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
5905 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
5906 0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB : R_HPPA_END_BRTAB,
5907 e_fsel, 0, 0, NULL);
5908 #endif
5909
5910 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5911 }
5912
5913 /* Handle a .begin_try and .end_try pseudo-op. */
5914
5915 static void
5916 pa_try (begin)
5917 int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
5918 {
5919 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5920 expressionS exp;
5921 char *where = frag_more (0);
5922
5923 if (! begin)
5924 expression (&exp);
5925
5926 /* The TRY relocations are only availble in SOM (to denote
5927 the beginning and end of exception handling regions). */
5928
5929 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
5930 NULL, (offsetT) 0, begin ? NULL : &exp,
5931 0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY : R_HPPA_END_TRY,
5932 e_fsel, 0, 0, NULL);
5933 #endif
5934
5935 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5936 }
5937
5938 /* Handle a .CALL pseudo-op. This involves storing away information
5939 about where arguments are to be found so the linker can detect
5940 (and correct) argument location mismatches between caller and callee. */
5941
5942 static void
5943 pa_call (unused)
5944 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
5945 {
5946 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5947 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
5948 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5949 #endif
5950
5951 pa_call_args (&last_call_desc);
5952 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5953 }
5954
5955 /* Do the dirty work of building a call descriptor which describes
5956 where the caller placed arguments to a function call. */
5957
5958 static void
5959 pa_call_args (call_desc)
5960 struct call_desc *call_desc;
5961 {
5962 char *name, c, *p;
5963 unsigned int temp, arg_reloc;
5964
5965 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
5966 {
5967 name = input_line_pointer;
5968 c = get_symbol_end ();
5969 /* Process a source argument. */
5970 if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0))
5971 {
5972 temp = atoi (name + 4);
5973 p = input_line_pointer;
5974 *p = c;
5975 input_line_pointer++;
5976 name = input_line_pointer;
5977 c = get_symbol_end ();
5978 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
5979 call_desc->arg_reloc |= pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, arg_reloc);
5980 }
5981 /* Process a return value. */
5982 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6) == 0))
5983 {
5984 p = input_line_pointer;
5985 *p = c;
5986 input_line_pointer++;
5987 name = input_line_pointer;
5988 c = get_symbol_end ();
5989 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
5990 call_desc->arg_reloc |= (arg_reloc & 0x3);
5991 }
5992 else
5993 {
5994 as_bad (_("Invalid .CALL argument: %s"), name);
5995 }
5996 p = input_line_pointer;
5997 *p = c;
5998 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
5999 input_line_pointer++;
6000 }
6001 }
6002
6003 /* Return TRUE if FRAG1 and FRAG2 are the same. */
6004
6005 static int
6006 is_same_frag (frag1, frag2)
6007 fragS *frag1;
6008 fragS *frag2;
6009 {
6010
6011 if (frag1 == NULL)
6012 return (FALSE);
6013 else if (frag2 == NULL)
6014 return (FALSE);
6015 else if (frag1 == frag2)
6016 return (TRUE);
6017 else if (frag2->fr_type == rs_fill && frag2->fr_fix == 0)
6018 return (is_same_frag (frag1, frag2->fr_next));
6019 else
6020 return (FALSE);
6021 }
6022
6023 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6024 /* Build an entry in the UNWIND subspace from the given function
6025 attributes in CALL_INFO. This is not needed for SOM as using
6026 R_ENTRY and R_EXIT relocations allow the linker to handle building
6027 of the unwind spaces. */
6028
6029 static void
6030 pa_build_unwind_subspace (call_info)
6031 struct call_info *call_info;
6032 {
6033 char *unwind;
6034 asection *seg, *save_seg;
6035 subsegT save_subseg;
6036 unsigned int i;
6037 int reloc;
6038 char c, *p;
6039
6040 if (now_seg != text_section)
6041 return;
6042
6043 if (bfd_get_arch_info (stdoutput)->bits_per_address == 32)
6044 reloc = R_PARISC_DIR32;
6045 else
6046 reloc = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
6047
6048 save_seg = now_seg;
6049 save_subseg = now_subseg;
6050 /* Get into the right seg/subseg. This may involve creating
6051 the seg the first time through. Make sure to have the
6052 old seg/subseg so that we can reset things when we are done. */
6053 seg = bfd_get_section_by_name (stdoutput, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME);
6054 if (seg == ASEC_NULL)
6055 {
6056 seg = subseg_new (UNWIND_SECTION_NAME, 0);
6057 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, seg,
6058 SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
6059 | SEC_LOAD | SEC_RELOC | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_DATA);
6060 bfd_set_section_alignment (stdoutput, seg, 2);
6061 }
6062
6063 subseg_set (seg, 0);
6064
6065 /* Get some space to hold relocation information for the unwind
6066 descriptor. */
6067 p = frag_more (4);
6068 md_number_to_chars (p, 0, 4);
6069
6070 /* Relocation info. for start offset of the function. */
6071 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
6072 call_info->start_symbol, (offsetT) 0,
6073 (expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc,
6074 e_fsel, 32, 0, NULL);
6075
6076 p = frag_more (4);
6077 md_number_to_chars (p, 0, 4);
6078
6079 /* Relocation info. for end offset of the function.
6080
6081 Because we allow reductions of 32bit relocations for ELF, this will be
6082 reduced to section_sym + offset which avoids putting the temporary
6083 symbol into the symbol table. It (should) end up giving the same
6084 value as call_info->start_symbol + function size once the linker is
6085 finished with its work. */
6086
6087 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
6088 call_info->end_symbol, (offsetT) 0,
6089 (expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc,
6090 e_fsel, 32, 0, NULL);
6091
6092 /* Dump it. */
6093 unwind = (char *) &call_info->ci_unwind;
6094 for (i = 8; i < sizeof (struct unwind_table); i++)
6095 {
6096 c = *(unwind + i);
6097 {
6098 FRAG_APPEND_1_CHAR (c);
6099 }
6100 }
6101
6102 /* Return back to the original segment/subsegment. */
6103 subseg_set (save_seg, save_subseg);
6104 }
6105 #endif
6106
6107 /* Process a .CALLINFO pseudo-op. This information is used later
6108 to build unwind descriptors and maybe one day to support
6109 .ENTER and .LEAVE. */
6110
6111 static void
6112 pa_callinfo (unused)
6113 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6114 {
6115 char *name, c, *p;
6116 int temp;
6117
6118 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6119 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6120 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6121 #endif
6122
6123 /* .CALLINFO must appear within a procedure definition. */
6124 if (!within_procedure)
6125 as_bad (_(".callinfo is not within a procedure definition"));
6126
6127 /* Mark the fact that we found the .CALLINFO for the
6128 current procedure. */
6129 callinfo_found = TRUE;
6130
6131 /* Iterate over the .CALLINFO arguments. */
6132 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6133 {
6134 name = input_line_pointer;
6135 c = get_symbol_end ();
6136 /* Frame size specification. */
6137 if ((strncasecmp (name, "frame", 5) == 0))
6138 {
6139 p = input_line_pointer;
6140 *p = c;
6141 input_line_pointer++;
6142 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6143 if ((temp & 0x3) != 0)
6144 {
6145 as_bad (_("FRAME parameter must be a multiple of 8: %d\n"), temp);
6146 temp = 0;
6147 }
6148
6149 /* callinfo is in bytes and unwind_desc is in 8 byte units. */
6150 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.frame_size = temp / 8;
6151
6152 }
6153 /* Entry register (GR, GR and SR) specifications. */
6154 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_gr", 8) == 0))
6155 {
6156 p = input_line_pointer;
6157 *p = c;
6158 input_line_pointer++;
6159 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6160 /* The HP assembler accepts 19 as the high bound for ENTRY_GR
6161 even though %r19 is caller saved. I think this is a bug in
6162 the HP assembler, and we are not going to emulate it. */
6163 if (temp < 3 || temp > 18)
6164 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_GR must be in the range 3..18\n"));
6165 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_gr = temp - 2;
6166 }
6167 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_fr", 8) == 0))
6168 {
6169 p = input_line_pointer;
6170 *p = c;
6171 input_line_pointer++;
6172 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6173 /* Similarly the HP assembler takes 31 as the high bound even
6174 though %fr21 is the last callee saved floating point register. */
6175 if (temp < 12 || temp > 21)
6176 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_FR must be in the range 12..21\n"));
6177 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_fr = temp - 11;
6178 }
6179 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_sr", 8) == 0))
6180 {
6181 p = input_line_pointer;
6182 *p = c;
6183 input_line_pointer++;
6184 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6185 if (temp != 3)
6186 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_SR must be 3\n"));
6187 }
6188 /* Note whether or not this function performs any calls. */
6189 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "calls", 5) == 0) ||
6190 (strncasecmp (name, "caller", 6) == 0))
6191 {
6192 p = input_line_pointer;
6193 *p = c;
6194 }
6195 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_calls", 8) == 0))
6196 {
6197 p = input_line_pointer;
6198 *p = c;
6199 }
6200 /* Should RP be saved into the stack. */
6201 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_rp", 7) == 0))
6202 {
6203 p = input_line_pointer;
6204 *p = c;
6205 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_rp = 1;
6206 }
6207 /* Likewise for SP. */
6208 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_sp", 7) == 0))
6209 {
6210 p = input_line_pointer;
6211 *p = c;
6212 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_sp = 1;
6213 }
6214 /* Is this an unwindable procedure. If so mark it so
6215 in the unwind descriptor. */
6216 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_unwind", 9) == 0))
6217 {
6218 p = input_line_pointer;
6219 *p = c;
6220 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 1;
6221 }
6222 /* Is this an interrupt routine. If so mark it in the
6223 unwind descriptor. */
6224 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "hpux_int", 7) == 0))
6225 {
6226 p = input_line_pointer;
6227 *p = c;
6228 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 1;
6229 }
6230 /* Is this a millicode routine. "millicode" isn't in my
6231 assembler manual, but my copy is old. The HP assembler
6232 accepts it, and there's a place in the unwind descriptor
6233 to drop the information, so we'll accept it too. */
6234 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "millicode", 9) == 0))
6235 {
6236 p = input_line_pointer;
6237 *p = c;
6238 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.millicode = 1;
6239 }
6240 else
6241 {
6242 as_bad (_("Invalid .CALLINFO argument: %s"), name);
6243 *input_line_pointer = c;
6244 }
6245 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6246 input_line_pointer++;
6247 }
6248
6249 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6250 }
6251
6252 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX))
6253 /* Switch to the text space. Like s_text, but delete our
6254 label when finished. */
6255 static void
6256 pa_text (unused)
6257 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6258 {
6259 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6260 current_space = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$");
6261 current_subspace
6262 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0);
6263 #endif
6264
6265 s_text (0);
6266 pa_undefine_label ();
6267 }
6268
6269 /* Switch to the data space. As usual delete our label. */
6270 static void
6271 pa_data (unused)
6272 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6273 {
6274 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6275 current_space = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$");
6276 current_subspace
6277 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0);
6278 #endif
6279 s_data (0);
6280 pa_undefine_label ();
6281 }
6282
6283 /* This is different than the standard GAS s_comm(). On HP9000/800 machines,
6284 the .comm pseudo-op has the following symtax:
6285
6286 <label> .comm <length>
6287
6288 where <label> is optional and is a symbol whose address will be the start of
6289 a block of memory <length> bytes long. <length> must be an absolute
6290 expression. <length> bytes will be allocated in the current space
6291 and subspace.
6292
6293 Also note the label may not even be on the same line as the .comm.
6294
6295 This difference in syntax means the colon function will be called
6296 on the symbol before we arrive in pa_comm. colon will set a number
6297 of attributes of the symbol that need to be fixed here. In particular
6298 the value, section pointer, fragment pointer, flags, etc. What
6299 a pain.
6300
6301 This also makes error detection all but impossible. */
6302
6303 static void
6304 pa_comm (unused)
6305 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6306 {
6307 unsigned int size;
6308 symbolS *symbol;
6309 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6310
6311 if (label_symbol)
6312 symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
6313 else
6314 symbol = NULL;
6315
6316 SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
6317 size = get_absolute_expression ();
6318
6319 if (symbol)
6320 {
6321 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, size);
6322 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_und_section_ptr);
6323 S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6324
6325 /* colon() has already set the frag to the current location in the
6326 current subspace; we need to reset the fragment to the zero address
6327 fragment. We also need to reset the segment pointer. */
6328 symbol_set_frag (symbol, &zero_address_frag);
6329 }
6330 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6331 }
6332 #endif /* !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX)) */
6333
6334 /* Process a .END pseudo-op. */
6335
6336 static void
6337 pa_end (unused)
6338 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6339 {
6340 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6341 }
6342
6343 /* Process a .ENTER pseudo-op. This is not supported. */
6344 static void
6345 pa_enter (unused)
6346 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6347 {
6348 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6349 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6350 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6351 #endif
6352
6353 as_bad (_("The .ENTER pseudo-op is not supported"));
6354 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6355 }
6356
6357 /* Process a .ENTRY pseudo-op. .ENTRY marks the beginning of the
6358 procesure. */
6359 static void
6360 pa_entry (unused)
6361 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6362 {
6363 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6364 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6365 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6366 #endif
6367
6368 if (!within_procedure)
6369 as_bad (_("Misplaced .entry. Ignored."));
6370 else
6371 {
6372 if (!callinfo_found)
6373 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo."));
6374 }
6375 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6376 within_entry_exit = TRUE;
6377
6378 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6379 /* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase.
6380 The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation
6381 to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and
6382 for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region.
6383
6384 FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem
6385 is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe
6386 if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which
6387 denote the entry and exit points. */
6388 if (last_call_info->start_symbol != NULL)
6389 {
6390 char *where = frag_more (0);
6391
6392 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
6393 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
6394 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0,
6395 (int *) &last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6396 }
6397 #endif
6398 }
6399
6400 /* Silly nonsense for pa_equ. The only half-sensible use for this is
6401 being able to subtract two register symbols that specify a range of
6402 registers, to get the size of the range. */
6403 static int fudge_reg_expressions;
6404
6405 int
6406 hppa_force_reg_syms_absolute (resultP, op, rightP)
6407 expressionS *resultP;
6408 operatorT op ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6409 expressionS *rightP;
6410 {
6411 if (fudge_reg_expressions
6412 && rightP->X_op == O_register
6413 && resultP->X_op == O_register)
6414 {
6415 rightP->X_op = O_constant;
6416 resultP->X_op = O_constant;
6417 }
6418 return 0; /* Continue normal expr handling. */
6419 }
6420
6421 /* Handle a .EQU pseudo-op. */
6422
6423 static void
6424 pa_equ (reg)
6425 int reg;
6426 {
6427 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6428 symbolS *symbol;
6429
6430 if (label_symbol)
6431 {
6432 symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
6433 if (reg)
6434 {
6435 strict = 1;
6436 if (!pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0))
6437 as_bad (_(".REG expression must be a register"));
6438 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, pa_number);
6439 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, reg_section);
6440 }
6441 else
6442 {
6443 expressionS exp;
6444 segT seg;
6445
6446 fudge_reg_expressions = 1;
6447 seg = expression (&exp);
6448 fudge_reg_expressions = 0;
6449 if (exp.X_op != O_constant
6450 && exp.X_op != O_register)
6451 {
6452 if (exp.X_op != O_absent)
6453 as_bad (_("bad or irreducible absolute expression; zero assumed"));
6454 exp.X_add_number = 0;
6455 seg = absolute_section;
6456 }
6457 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, (unsigned int) exp.X_add_number);
6458 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, seg);
6459 }
6460 }
6461 else
6462 {
6463 if (reg)
6464 as_bad (_(".REG must use a label"));
6465 else
6466 as_bad (_(".EQU must use a label"));
6467 }
6468
6469 pa_undefine_label ();
6470 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6471 }
6472
6473 /* Helper function. Does processing for the end of a function. This
6474 usually involves creating some relocations or building special
6475 symbols to mark the end of the function. */
6476
6477 static void
6478 process_exit ()
6479 {
6480 char *where;
6481
6482 where = frag_more (0);
6483
6484 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6485 /* Mark the end of the function, stuff away the location of the frag
6486 for the end of the function, and finally call pa_build_unwind_subspace
6487 to add an entry in the unwind table. */
6488 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ();
6489 pa_build_unwind_subspace (last_call_info);
6490 #else
6491 /* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase.
6492 The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation
6493 to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and
6494 for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region.
6495
6496 FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem
6497 is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe
6498 if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which
6499 denote the entry and exit points. */
6500 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
6501 NULL, (offsetT) 0,
6502 NULL, 0, R_HPPA_EXIT, e_fsel, 0, 0,
6503 (int *) &last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor + 1);
6504 #endif
6505 }
6506
6507 /* Process a .EXIT pseudo-op. */
6508
6509 static void
6510 pa_exit (unused)
6511 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6512 {
6513 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6514 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6515 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6516 #endif
6517
6518 if (!within_procedure)
6519 as_bad (_(".EXIT must appear within a procedure"));
6520 else
6521 {
6522 if (!callinfo_found)
6523 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo"));
6524 else
6525 {
6526 if (!within_entry_exit)
6527 as_bad (_("No .ENTRY for this .EXIT"));
6528 else
6529 {
6530 within_entry_exit = FALSE;
6531 process_exit ();
6532 }
6533 }
6534 }
6535 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6536 }
6537
6538 /* Process a .EXPORT directive. This makes functions external
6539 and provides information such as argument relocation entries
6540 to callers. */
6541
6542 static void
6543 pa_export (unused)
6544 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6545 {
6546 char *name, c, *p;
6547 symbolS *symbol;
6548
6549 name = input_line_pointer;
6550 c = get_symbol_end ();
6551 /* Make sure the given symbol exists. */
6552 if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL)
6553 {
6554 as_bad (_("Cannot define export symbol: %s\n"), name);
6555 p = input_line_pointer;
6556 *p = c;
6557 input_line_pointer++;
6558 }
6559 else
6560 {
6561 /* OK. Set the external bits and process argument relocations.
6562 For the HP, weak and global are not mutually exclusive.
6563 S_SET_EXTERNAL will not set BSF_GLOBAL if WEAK is set.
6564 Call S_SET_EXTERNAL to get the other processing. Manually
6565 set BSF_GLOBAL when we get back. */
6566 S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6567 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
6568 p = input_line_pointer;
6569 *p = c;
6570 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6571 {
6572 input_line_pointer++;
6573 pa_type_args (symbol, 1);
6574 }
6575 }
6576
6577 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6578 }
6579
6580 /* Helper function to process arguments to a .EXPORT pseudo-op. */
6581
6582 static void
6583 pa_type_args (symbolP, is_export)
6584 symbolS *symbolP;
6585 int is_export;
6586 {
6587 char *name, c, *p;
6588 unsigned int temp, arg_reloc;
6589 pa_symbol_type type = SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN;
6590 asymbol *bfdsym = symbol_get_bfdsym (symbolP);
6591
6592 if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "absolute", 8) == 0)
6593
6594 {
6595 input_line_pointer += 8;
6596 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6597 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, bfd_abs_section_ptr);
6598 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE;
6599 }
6600 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "code", 4) == 0)
6601 {
6602 input_line_pointer += 4;
6603 /* IMPORTing/EXPORTing CODE types for functions is meaningless for SOM,
6604 instead one should be IMPORTing/EXPORTing ENTRY types.
6605
6606 Complain if one tries to EXPORT a CODE type since that's never
6607 done. Both GCC and HP C still try to IMPORT CODE types, so
6608 silently fix them to be ENTRY types. */
6609 if (S_IS_FUNCTION (symbolP))
6610 {
6611 if (is_export)
6612 as_tsktsk (_("Using ENTRY rather than CODE in export directive for %s"),
6613 S_GET_NAME (symbolP));
6614
6615 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6616 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY;
6617 }
6618 else
6619 {
6620 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6621 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE;
6622 }
6623 }
6624 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "data", 4) == 0)
6625 {
6626 input_line_pointer += 4;
6627 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6628 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_OBJECT;
6629 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA;
6630 }
6631 else if ((strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "entry", 5) == 0))
6632 {
6633 input_line_pointer += 5;
6634 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6635 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY;
6636 }
6637 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "millicode", 9) == 0)
6638 {
6639 input_line_pointer += 9;
6640 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6641 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6642 {
6643 elf_symbol_type *elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) bfdsym;
6644 elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info =
6645 ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info),
6646 STT_PARISC_MILLI);
6647 }
6648 #endif
6649 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE;
6650 }
6651 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "plabel", 6) == 0)
6652 {
6653 input_line_pointer += 6;
6654 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6655 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL;
6656 }
6657 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "pri_prog", 8) == 0)
6658 {
6659 input_line_pointer += 8;
6660 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6661 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG;
6662 }
6663 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "sec_prog", 8) == 0)
6664 {
6665 input_line_pointer += 8;
6666 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6667 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG;
6668 }
6669
6670 /* SOM requires much more information about symbol types
6671 than BFD understands. This is how we get this information
6672 to the SOM BFD backend. */
6673 #ifdef obj_set_symbol_type
6674 obj_set_symbol_type (bfdsym, (int) type);
6675 #endif
6676
6677 /* Now that the type of the exported symbol has been handled,
6678 handle any argument relocation information. */
6679 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6680 {
6681 if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
6682 input_line_pointer++;
6683 name = input_line_pointer;
6684 c = get_symbol_end ();
6685 /* Argument sources. */
6686 if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0))
6687 {
6688 p = input_line_pointer;
6689 *p = c;
6690 input_line_pointer++;
6691 temp = atoi (name + 4);
6692 name = input_line_pointer;
6693 c = get_symbol_end ();
6694 arg_reloc = pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, pa_build_arg_reloc (name));
6695 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
6696 symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc;
6697 #endif
6698 *input_line_pointer = c;
6699 }
6700 /* The return value. */
6701 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6)) == 0)
6702 {
6703 p = input_line_pointer;
6704 *p = c;
6705 input_line_pointer++;
6706 name = input_line_pointer;
6707 c = get_symbol_end ();
6708 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
6709 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
6710 symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc;
6711 #endif
6712 *input_line_pointer = c;
6713 }
6714 /* Privelege level. */
6715 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "priv_lev", 8)) == 0)
6716 {
6717 p = input_line_pointer;
6718 *p = c;
6719 input_line_pointer++;
6720 temp = atoi (input_line_pointer);
6721 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6722 ((obj_symbol_type *) bfdsym)->tc_data.ap.hppa_priv_level = temp;
6723 #endif
6724 c = get_symbol_end ();
6725 *input_line_pointer = c;
6726 }
6727 else
6728 {
6729 as_bad (_("Undefined .EXPORT/.IMPORT argument (ignored): %s"), name);
6730 p = input_line_pointer;
6731 *p = c;
6732 }
6733 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6734 input_line_pointer++;
6735 }
6736 }
6737
6738 /* Handle an .IMPORT pseudo-op. Any symbol referenced in a given
6739 assembly file must either be defined in the assembly file, or
6740 explicitly IMPORTED from another. */
6741
6742 static void
6743 pa_import (unused)
6744 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6745 {
6746 char *name, c, *p;
6747 symbolS *symbol;
6748
6749 name = input_line_pointer;
6750 c = get_symbol_end ();
6751
6752 symbol = symbol_find (name);
6753 /* Ugh. We might be importing a symbol defined earlier in the file,
6754 in which case all the code below will really screw things up
6755 (set the wrong segment, symbol flags & type, etc). */
6756 if (symbol == NULL || !S_IS_DEFINED (symbol))
6757 {
6758 symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name);
6759 p = input_line_pointer;
6760 *p = c;
6761
6762 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6763 {
6764 input_line_pointer++;
6765 pa_type_args (symbol, 0);
6766 }
6767 else
6768 {
6769 /* Sigh. To be compatable with the HP assembler and to help
6770 poorly written assembly code, we assign a type based on
6771 the the current segment. Note only BSF_FUNCTION really
6772 matters, we do not need to set the full SYMBOL_TYPE_* info. */
6773 if (now_seg == text_section)
6774 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6775
6776 /* If the section is undefined, then the symbol is undefined
6777 Since this is an import, leave the section undefined. */
6778 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_und_section_ptr);
6779 }
6780 }
6781 else
6782 {
6783 /* The symbol was already defined. Just eat everything up to
6784 the end of the current statement. */
6785 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6786 input_line_pointer++;
6787 }
6788
6789 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6790 }
6791
6792 /* Handle a .LABEL pseudo-op. */
6793
6794 static void
6795 pa_label (unused)
6796 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6797 {
6798 char *name, c, *p;
6799
6800 name = input_line_pointer;
6801 c = get_symbol_end ();
6802
6803 if (strlen (name) > 0)
6804 {
6805 colon (name);
6806 p = input_line_pointer;
6807 *p = c;
6808 }
6809 else
6810 {
6811 as_warn (_("Missing label name on .LABEL"));
6812 }
6813
6814 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6815 {
6816 as_warn (_("extra .LABEL arguments ignored."));
6817 ignore_rest_of_line ();
6818 }
6819 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6820 }
6821
6822 /* Handle a .LEAVE pseudo-op. This is not supported yet. */
6823
6824 static void
6825 pa_leave (unused)
6826 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6827 {
6828 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6829 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6830 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6831 #endif
6832
6833 as_bad (_("The .LEAVE pseudo-op is not supported"));
6834 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6835 }
6836
6837 /* Handle a .LEVEL pseudo-op. */
6838
6839 static void
6840 pa_level (unused)
6841 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6842 {
6843 char *level;
6844
6845 level = input_line_pointer;
6846 if (strncmp (level, "1.0", 3) == 0)
6847 {
6848 input_line_pointer += 3;
6849 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 10))
6850 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6851 }
6852 else if (strncmp (level, "1.1", 3) == 0)
6853 {
6854 input_line_pointer += 3;
6855 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 11))
6856 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6857 }
6858 else if (strncmp (level, "2.0w", 4) == 0)
6859 {
6860 input_line_pointer += 4;
6861 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 25))
6862 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6863 }
6864 else if (strncmp (level, "2.0", 3) == 0)
6865 {
6866 input_line_pointer += 3;
6867 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 20))
6868 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6869 }
6870 else
6871 {
6872 as_bad (_("Unrecognized .LEVEL argument\n"));
6873 ignore_rest_of_line ();
6874 }
6875 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6876 }
6877
6878 /* Handle a .ORIGIN pseudo-op. */
6879
6880 static void
6881 pa_origin (unused)
6882 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6883 {
6884 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6885 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6886 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6887 #endif
6888
6889 s_org (0);
6890 pa_undefine_label ();
6891 }
6892
6893 /* Handle a .PARAM pseudo-op. This is much like a .EXPORT, except it
6894 is for static functions. FIXME. Should share more code with .EXPORT. */
6895
6896 static void
6897 pa_param (unused)
6898 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6899 {
6900 char *name, c, *p;
6901 symbolS *symbol;
6902
6903 name = input_line_pointer;
6904 c = get_symbol_end ();
6905
6906 if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL)
6907 {
6908 as_bad (_("Cannot define static symbol: %s\n"), name);
6909 p = input_line_pointer;
6910 *p = c;
6911 input_line_pointer++;
6912 }
6913 else
6914 {
6915 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6916 p = input_line_pointer;
6917 *p = c;
6918 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6919 {
6920 input_line_pointer++;
6921 pa_type_args (symbol, 0);
6922 }
6923 }
6924
6925 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6926 }
6927
6928 /* Handle a .PROC pseudo-op. It is used to mark the beginning
6929 of a procedure from a syntactical point of view. */
6930
6931 static void
6932 pa_proc (unused)
6933 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6934 {
6935 struct call_info *call_info;
6936
6937 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6938 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6939 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6940 #endif
6941
6942 if (within_procedure)
6943 as_fatal (_("Nested procedures"));
6944
6945 /* Reset global variables for new procedure. */
6946 callinfo_found = FALSE;
6947 within_procedure = TRUE;
6948
6949 /* Create another call_info structure. */
6950 call_info = (struct call_info *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct call_info));
6951
6952 if (!call_info)
6953 as_fatal (_("Cannot allocate unwind descriptor\n"));
6954
6955 memset (call_info, 0, sizeof (struct call_info));
6956
6957 call_info->ci_next = NULL;
6958
6959 if (call_info_root == NULL)
6960 {
6961 call_info_root = call_info;
6962 last_call_info = call_info;
6963 }
6964 else
6965 {
6966 last_call_info->ci_next = call_info;
6967 last_call_info = call_info;
6968 }
6969
6970 /* set up defaults on call_info structure */
6971
6972 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 0;
6973 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.region_desc = 1;
6974 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 0;
6975
6976 /* If we got a .PROC pseudo-op, we know that the function is defined
6977 locally. Make sure it gets into the symbol table. */
6978 {
6979 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6980
6981 if (label_symbol)
6982 {
6983 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
6984 {
6985 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
6986 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6987 }
6988 else
6989 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
6990 }
6991 else
6992 last_call_info->start_symbol = NULL;
6993 }
6994
6995 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6996 }
6997
6998 /* Process the syntatical end of a procedure. Make sure all the
6999 appropriate pseudo-ops were found within the procedure. */
7000
7001 static void
7002 pa_procend (unused)
7003 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7004 {
7005
7006 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7007 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
7008 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
7009 #endif
7010
7011 /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've
7012 defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the
7013 label was defined after the .PROC directive.
7014
7015 Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment
7016 for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched
7017 into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */
7018 if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
7019 {
7020 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
7021
7022 if (label_symbol)
7023 {
7024 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
7025 {
7026 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
7027 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags
7028 |= BSF_FUNCTION;
7029 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7030 /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind
7031 information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */
7032 if (within_entry_exit)
7033 {
7034 char *where = frag_more (0);
7035
7036 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
7037 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
7038 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0,
7039 (int *) &last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
7040 }
7041 #endif
7042 }
7043 else
7044 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
7045 }
7046 else
7047 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC"));
7048 }
7049
7050 if (!within_procedure)
7051 as_bad (_("misplaced .procend"));
7052
7053 if (!callinfo_found)
7054 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo for this procedure"));
7055
7056 if (within_entry_exit)
7057 as_bad (_("Missing .EXIT for a .ENTRY"));
7058
7059 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
7060 /* ELF needs to mark the end of each function so that it can compute
7061 the size of the function (apparently its needed in the symbol table). */
7062 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ();
7063 #endif
7064
7065 within_procedure = FALSE;
7066 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7067 pa_undefine_label ();
7068 }
7069
7070 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7071 /* If VALUE is an exact power of two between zero and 2^31, then
7072 return log2 (VALUE). Else return -1. */
7073
7074 static int
7075 log2 (value)
7076 int value;
7077 {
7078 int shift = 0;
7079
7080 while ((1 << shift) != value && shift < 32)
7081 shift++;
7082
7083 if (shift >= 32)
7084 return -1;
7085 else
7086 return shift;
7087 }
7088
7089 /* Check to make sure we have a valid space and subspace. */
7090
7091 static void
7092 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ()
7093 {
7094 if (current_space == NULL)
7095 as_fatal (_("Not in a space.\n"));
7096
7097 if (current_subspace == NULL)
7098 as_fatal (_("Not in a subspace.\n"));
7099 }
7100
7101 /* Parse the parameters to a .SPACE directive; if CREATE_FLAG is nonzero,
7102 then create a new space entry to hold the information specified
7103 by the parameters to the .SPACE directive. */
7104
7105 static sd_chain_struct *
7106 pa_parse_space_stmt (space_name, create_flag)
7107 char *space_name;
7108 int create_flag;
7109 {
7110 char *name, *ptemp, c;
7111 char loadable, defined, private, sort;
7112 int spnum;
7113 asection *seg = NULL;
7114 sd_chain_struct *space;
7115
7116 /* load default values */
7117 spnum = 0;
7118 sort = 0;
7119 loadable = TRUE;
7120 defined = TRUE;
7121 private = FALSE;
7122 if (strcmp (space_name, "$TEXT$") == 0)
7123 {
7124 seg = pa_def_spaces[0].segment;
7125 defined = pa_def_spaces[0].defined;
7126 private = pa_def_spaces[0].private;
7127 sort = pa_def_spaces[0].sort;
7128 spnum = pa_def_spaces[0].spnum;
7129 }
7130 else if (strcmp (space_name, "$PRIVATE$") == 0)
7131 {
7132 seg = pa_def_spaces[1].segment;
7133 defined = pa_def_spaces[1].defined;
7134 private = pa_def_spaces[1].private;
7135 sort = pa_def_spaces[1].sort;
7136 spnum = pa_def_spaces[1].spnum;
7137 }
7138
7139 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7140 {
7141 print_errors = FALSE;
7142 ptemp = input_line_pointer + 1;
7143 /* First see if the space was specified as a number rather than
7144 as a name. According to the PA assembly manual the rest of
7145 the line should be ignored. */
7146 strict = 0;
7147 pa_parse_number (&ptemp, 0);
7148 if (pa_number >= 0)
7149 {
7150 spnum = pa_number;
7151 input_line_pointer = ptemp;
7152 }
7153 else
7154 {
7155 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
7156 {
7157 input_line_pointer++;
7158 name = input_line_pointer;
7159 c = get_symbol_end ();
7160 if ((strncasecmp (name, "spnum", 5) == 0))
7161 {
7162 *input_line_pointer = c;
7163 input_line_pointer++;
7164 spnum = get_absolute_expression ();
7165 }
7166 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0))
7167 {
7168 *input_line_pointer = c;
7169 input_line_pointer++;
7170 sort = get_absolute_expression ();
7171 }
7172 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0))
7173 {
7174 *input_line_pointer = c;
7175 loadable = FALSE;
7176 }
7177 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "notdefined", 10) == 0))
7178 {
7179 *input_line_pointer = c;
7180 defined = FALSE;
7181 }
7182 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "private", 7) == 0))
7183 {
7184 *input_line_pointer = c;
7185 private = TRUE;
7186 }
7187 else
7188 {
7189 as_bad (_("Invalid .SPACE argument"));
7190 *input_line_pointer = c;
7191 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7192 input_line_pointer++;
7193 }
7194 }
7195 }
7196 print_errors = TRUE;
7197 }
7198
7199 if (create_flag && seg == NULL)
7200 seg = subseg_new (space_name, 0);
7201
7202 /* If create_flag is nonzero, then create the new space with
7203 the attributes computed above. Else set the values in
7204 an already existing space -- this can only happen for
7205 the first occurence of a built-in space. */
7206 if (create_flag)
7207 space = create_new_space (space_name, spnum, loadable, defined,
7208 private, sort, seg, 1);
7209 else
7210 {
7211 space = is_defined_space (space_name);
7212 SPACE_SPNUM (space) = spnum;
7213 SPACE_DEFINED (space) = defined & 1;
7214 SPACE_USER_DEFINED (space) = 1;
7215 }
7216
7217 #ifdef obj_set_section_attributes
7218 obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum);
7219 #endif
7220
7221 return space;
7222 }
7223
7224 /* Handle a .SPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current space to the
7225 given space, creating the new space if necessary. */
7226
7227 static void
7228 pa_space (unused)
7229 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7230 {
7231 char *name, c, *space_name, *save_s;
7232 sd_chain_struct *sd_chain;
7233
7234 if (within_procedure)
7235 {
7236 as_bad (_("Can\'t change spaces within a procedure definition. Ignored"));
7237 ignore_rest_of_line ();
7238 }
7239 else
7240 {
7241 /* Check for some of the predefined spaces. FIXME: most of the code
7242 below is repeated several times, can we extract the common parts
7243 and place them into a subroutine or something similar? */
7244 /* FIXME Is this (and the next IF stmt) really right?
7245 What if INPUT_LINE_POINTER points to "$TEXT$FOO"? */
7246 if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$TEXT$", 6) == 0)
7247 {
7248 input_line_pointer += 6;
7249 sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$");
7250 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7251 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 1);
7252 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7253 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 0);
7254
7255 current_space = sd_chain;
7256 subseg_set (text_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7257 current_subspace
7258 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (text_section,
7259 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7260 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7261 return;
7262 }
7263 if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$PRIVATE$", 9) == 0)
7264 {
7265 input_line_pointer += 9;
7266 sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$");
7267 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7268 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 1);
7269 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7270 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 0);
7271
7272 current_space = sd_chain;
7273 subseg_set (data_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7274 current_subspace
7275 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (data_section,
7276 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7277 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7278 return;
7279 }
7280 if (!strncasecmp (input_line_pointer,
7281 GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME,
7282 strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME)))
7283 {
7284 input_line_pointer += strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7285 sd_chain = is_defined_space (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7286 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7287 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 1);
7288 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7289 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 0);
7290
7291 current_space = sd_chain;
7292
7293 {
7294 asection *gdb_section
7295 = bfd_make_section_old_way (stdoutput, GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7296
7297 subseg_set (gdb_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7298 current_subspace
7299 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (gdb_section,
7300 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7301 }
7302 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7303 return;
7304 }
7305
7306 /* It could be a space specified by number. */
7307 print_errors = 0;
7308 save_s = input_line_pointer;
7309 strict = 0;
7310 pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0);
7311 if (pa_number >= 0)
7312 {
7313 if ((sd_chain = pa_find_space_by_number (pa_number)))
7314 {
7315 current_space = sd_chain;
7316
7317 subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7318 current_subspace
7319 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg,
7320 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7321 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7322 return;
7323 }
7324 }
7325
7326 /* Not a number, attempt to create a new space. */
7327 print_errors = 1;
7328 input_line_pointer = save_s;
7329 name = input_line_pointer;
7330 c = get_symbol_end ();
7331 space_name = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7332 strcpy (space_name, name);
7333 *input_line_pointer = c;
7334
7335 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (space_name, 1);
7336 current_space = sd_chain;
7337
7338 subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7339 current_subspace = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg,
7340 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7341 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7342 }
7343 }
7344
7345 /* Switch to a new space. (I think). FIXME. */
7346
7347 static void
7348 pa_spnum (unused)
7349 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7350 {
7351 char *name;
7352 char c;
7353 char *p;
7354 sd_chain_struct *space;
7355
7356 name = input_line_pointer;
7357 c = get_symbol_end ();
7358 space = is_defined_space (name);
7359 if (space)
7360 {
7361 p = frag_more (4);
7362 md_number_to_chars (p, SPACE_SPNUM (space), 4);
7363 }
7364 else
7365 as_warn (_("Undefined space: '%s' Assuming space number = 0."), name);
7366
7367 *input_line_pointer = c;
7368 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7369 }
7370
7371 /* Handle a .SUBSPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current subspace to the
7372 given subspace, creating the new subspace if necessary.
7373
7374 FIXME. Should mirror pa_space more closely, in particular how
7375 they're broken up into subroutines. */
7376
7377 static void
7378 pa_subspace (create_new)
7379 int create_new;
7380 {
7381 char *name, *ss_name, c;
7382 char loadable, code_only, common, dup_common, zero, sort;
7383 int i, access, space_index, alignment, quadrant, applicable, flags;
7384 sd_chain_struct *space;
7385 ssd_chain_struct *ssd;
7386 asection *section;
7387
7388 if (current_space == NULL)
7389 as_fatal (_("Must be in a space before changing or declaring subspaces.\n"));
7390
7391 if (within_procedure)
7392 {
7393 as_bad (_("Can\'t change subspaces within a procedure definition. Ignored"));
7394 ignore_rest_of_line ();
7395 }
7396 else
7397 {
7398 name = input_line_pointer;
7399 c = get_symbol_end ();
7400 ss_name = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7401 strcpy (ss_name, name);
7402 *input_line_pointer = c;
7403
7404 /* Load default values. */
7405 sort = 0;
7406 access = 0x7f;
7407 loadable = 1;
7408 common = 0;
7409 dup_common = 0;
7410 code_only = 0;
7411 zero = 0;
7412 space_index = ~0;
7413 alignment = 1;
7414 quadrant = 0;
7415
7416 space = current_space;
7417 if (create_new)
7418 ssd = NULL;
7419 else
7420 ssd = is_defined_subspace (ss_name);
7421 /* Allow user to override the builtin attributes of subspaces. But
7422 only allow the attributes to be changed once! */
7423 if (ssd && SUBSPACE_DEFINED (ssd))
7424 {
7425 subseg_set (ssd->ssd_seg, ssd->ssd_subseg);
7426 current_subspace = ssd;
7427 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7428 as_warn (_("Parameters of an existing subspace can\'t be modified"));
7429 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7430 return;
7431 }
7432 else
7433 {
7434 /* A new subspace. Load default values if it matches one of
7435 the builtin subspaces. */
7436 i = 0;
7437 while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name)
7438 {
7439 if (strcasecmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, ss_name) == 0)
7440 {
7441 loadable = pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable;
7442 common = pa_def_subspaces[i].common;
7443 dup_common = pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common;
7444 code_only = pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only;
7445 zero = pa_def_subspaces[i].zero;
7446 space_index = pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index;
7447 alignment = pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment;
7448 quadrant = pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant;
7449 access = pa_def_subspaces[i].access;
7450 sort = pa_def_subspaces[i].sort;
7451 break;
7452 }
7453 i++;
7454 }
7455 }
7456
7457 /* We should be working with a new subspace now. Fill in
7458 any information as specified by the user. */
7459 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7460 {
7461 input_line_pointer++;
7462 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
7463 {
7464 name = input_line_pointer;
7465 c = get_symbol_end ();
7466 if ((strncasecmp (name, "quad", 4) == 0))
7467 {
7468 *input_line_pointer = c;
7469 input_line_pointer++;
7470 quadrant = get_absolute_expression ();
7471 }
7472 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "align", 5) == 0))
7473 {
7474 *input_line_pointer = c;
7475 input_line_pointer++;
7476 alignment = get_absolute_expression ();
7477 if (log2 (alignment) == -1)
7478 {
7479 as_bad (_("Alignment must be a power of 2"));
7480 alignment = 1;
7481 }
7482 }
7483 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "access", 6) == 0))
7484 {
7485 *input_line_pointer = c;
7486 input_line_pointer++;
7487 access = get_absolute_expression ();
7488 }
7489 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0))
7490 {
7491 *input_line_pointer = c;
7492 input_line_pointer++;
7493 sort = get_absolute_expression ();
7494 }
7495 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "code_only", 9) == 0))
7496 {
7497 *input_line_pointer = c;
7498 code_only = 1;
7499 }
7500 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0))
7501 {
7502 *input_line_pointer = c;
7503 loadable = 0;
7504 }
7505 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "common", 6) == 0))
7506 {
7507 *input_line_pointer = c;
7508 common = 1;
7509 }
7510 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "dup_comm", 8) == 0))
7511 {
7512 *input_line_pointer = c;
7513 dup_common = 1;
7514 }
7515 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "zero", 4) == 0))
7516 {
7517 *input_line_pointer = c;
7518 zero = 1;
7519 }
7520 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "first", 5) == 0))
7521 as_bad (_("FIRST not supported as a .SUBSPACE argument"));
7522 else
7523 as_bad (_("Invalid .SUBSPACE argument"));
7524 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7525 input_line_pointer++;
7526 }
7527 }
7528
7529 /* Compute a reasonable set of BFD flags based on the information
7530 in the .subspace directive. */
7531 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7532 flags = 0;
7533 if (loadable)
7534 flags |= (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD);
7535 if (code_only)
7536 flags |= SEC_CODE;
7537 if (common || dup_common)
7538 flags |= SEC_IS_COMMON;
7539
7540 flags |= SEC_RELOC | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7541
7542 /* This is a zero-filled subspace (eg BSS). */
7543 if (zero)
7544 flags &= ~(SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7545
7546 applicable &= flags;
7547
7548 /* If this is an existing subspace, then we want to use the
7549 segment already associated with the subspace.
7550
7551 FIXME NOW! ELF BFD doesn't appear to be ready to deal with
7552 lots of sections. It might be a problem in the PA ELF
7553 code, I do not know yet. For now avoid creating anything
7554 but the "standard" sections for ELF. */
7555 if (create_new)
7556 section = subseg_force_new (ss_name, 0);
7557 else if (ssd)
7558 section = ssd->ssd_seg;
7559 else
7560 section = subseg_new (ss_name, 0);
7561
7562 if (zero)
7563 seg_info (section)->bss = 1;
7564
7565 /* Now set the flags. */
7566 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, section, applicable);
7567
7568 /* Record any alignment request for this section. */
7569 record_alignment (section, log2 (alignment));
7570
7571 /* Set the starting offset for this section. */
7572 bfd_set_section_vma (stdoutput, section,
7573 pa_subspace_start (space, quadrant));
7574
7575 /* Now that all the flags are set, update an existing subspace,
7576 or create a new one. */
7577 if (ssd)
7578
7579 current_subspace = update_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable,
7580 code_only, common, dup_common,
7581 sort, zero, access, space_index,
7582 alignment, quadrant,
7583 section);
7584 else
7585 current_subspace = create_new_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable,
7586 code_only, common,
7587 dup_common, zero, sort,
7588 access, space_index,
7589 alignment, quadrant, section);
7590
7591 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7592 current_subspace->ssd_seg = section;
7593 subseg_set (current_subspace->ssd_seg, current_subspace->ssd_subseg);
7594 }
7595 SUBSPACE_DEFINED (current_subspace) = 1;
7596 }
7597
7598 /* Create default space and subspace dictionaries. */
7599
7600 static void
7601 pa_spaces_begin ()
7602 {
7603 int i;
7604
7605 space_dict_root = NULL;
7606 space_dict_last = NULL;
7607
7608 i = 0;
7609 while (pa_def_spaces[i].name)
7610 {
7611 char *name;
7612
7613 /* Pick the right name to use for the new section. */
7614 name = pa_def_spaces[i].name;
7615
7616 pa_def_spaces[i].segment = subseg_new (name, 0);
7617 create_new_space (pa_def_spaces[i].name, pa_def_spaces[i].spnum,
7618 pa_def_spaces[i].loadable, pa_def_spaces[i].defined,
7619 pa_def_spaces[i].private, pa_def_spaces[i].sort,
7620 pa_def_spaces[i].segment, 0);
7621 i++;
7622 }
7623
7624 i = 0;
7625 while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name)
7626 {
7627 char *name;
7628 int applicable, subsegment;
7629 asection *segment = NULL;
7630 sd_chain_struct *space;
7631
7632 /* Pick the right name for the new section and pick the right
7633 subsegment number. */
7634 name = pa_def_subspaces[i].name;
7635 subsegment = 0;
7636
7637 /* Create the new section. */
7638 segment = subseg_new (name, subsegment);
7639
7640 /* For SOM we want to replace the standard .text, .data, and .bss
7641 sections with our own. We also want to set BFD flags for
7642 all the built-in subspaces. */
7643 if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$CODE$"))
7644 {
7645 text_section = segment;
7646 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7647 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7648 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7649 | SEC_RELOC | SEC_CODE
7650 | SEC_READONLY
7651 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7652 }
7653 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$DATA$"))
7654 {
7655 data_section = segment;
7656 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7657 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7658 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7659 | SEC_RELOC
7660 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7661
7662 }
7663 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$BSS$"))
7664 {
7665 bss_section = segment;
7666 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7667 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7668 applicable & SEC_ALLOC);
7669 }
7670 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$LIT$"))
7671 {
7672 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7673 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7674 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7675 | SEC_RELOC
7676 | SEC_READONLY
7677 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7678 }
7679 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$MILLICODE$"))
7680 {
7681 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7682 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7683 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7684 | SEC_RELOC
7685 | SEC_READONLY
7686 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7687 }
7688 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$UNWIND$"))
7689 {
7690 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7691 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7692 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7693 | SEC_RELOC
7694 | SEC_READONLY
7695 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7696 }
7697
7698 /* Find the space associated with this subspace. */
7699 space = pa_segment_to_space (pa_def_spaces[pa_def_subspaces[i].
7700 def_space_index].segment);
7701 if (space == NULL)
7702 {
7703 as_fatal (_("Internal error: Unable to find containing space for %s."),
7704 pa_def_subspaces[i].name);
7705 }
7706
7707 create_new_subspace (space, name,
7708 pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable,
7709 pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only,
7710 pa_def_subspaces[i].common,
7711 pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common,
7712 pa_def_subspaces[i].zero,
7713 pa_def_subspaces[i].sort,
7714 pa_def_subspaces[i].access,
7715 pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index,
7716 pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment,
7717 pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant,
7718 segment);
7719 i++;
7720 }
7721 }
7722
7723 /* Create a new space NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined
7724 by the given parameters. */
7725
7726 static sd_chain_struct *
7727 create_new_space (name, spnum, loadable, defined, private,
7728 sort, seg, user_defined)
7729 char *name;
7730 int spnum;
7731 int loadable;
7732 int defined;
7733 int private;
7734 int sort;
7735 asection *seg;
7736 int user_defined;
7737 {
7738 sd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7739
7740 chain_entry = (sd_chain_struct *) xmalloc (sizeof (sd_chain_struct));
7741 if (!chain_entry)
7742 as_fatal (_("Out of memory: could not allocate new space chain entry: %s\n"),
7743 name);
7744
7745 SPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7746 strcpy (SPACE_NAME (chain_entry), name);
7747 SPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = defined;
7748 SPACE_USER_DEFINED (chain_entry) = user_defined;
7749 SPACE_SPNUM (chain_entry) = spnum;
7750
7751 chain_entry->sd_seg = seg;
7752 chain_entry->sd_last_subseg = -1;
7753 chain_entry->sd_subspaces = NULL;
7754 chain_entry->sd_next = NULL;
7755
7756 /* Find spot for the new space based on its sort key. */
7757 if (!space_dict_last)
7758 space_dict_last = chain_entry;
7759
7760 if (space_dict_root == NULL)
7761 space_dict_root = chain_entry;
7762 else
7763 {
7764 sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7765 sd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer;
7766
7767 chain_pointer = space_dict_root;
7768 prev_chain_pointer = NULL;
7769
7770 while (chain_pointer)
7771 {
7772 prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer;
7773 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next;
7774 }
7775
7776 /* At this point we've found the correct place to add the new
7777 entry. So add it and update the linked lists as appropriate. */
7778 if (prev_chain_pointer)
7779 {
7780 chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer;
7781 prev_chain_pointer->sd_next = chain_entry;
7782 }
7783 else
7784 {
7785 space_dict_root = chain_entry;
7786 chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer;
7787 }
7788
7789 if (chain_entry->sd_next == NULL)
7790 space_dict_last = chain_entry;
7791 }
7792
7793 /* This is here to catch predefined spaces which do not get
7794 modified by the user's input. Another call is found at
7795 the bottom of pa_parse_space_stmt to handle cases where
7796 the user modifies a predefined space. */
7797 #ifdef obj_set_section_attributes
7798 obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum);
7799 #endif
7800
7801 return chain_entry;
7802 }
7803
7804 /* Create a new subspace NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined
7805 by the given parameters.
7806
7807 Add the new subspace to the subspace dictionary chain in numerical
7808 order as defined by the SORT entries. */
7809
7810 static ssd_chain_struct *
7811 create_new_subspace (space, name, loadable, code_only, common,
7812 dup_common, is_zero, sort, access, space_index,
7813 alignment, quadrant, seg)
7814 sd_chain_struct *space;
7815 char *name;
7816 int loadable, code_only, common, dup_common, is_zero;
7817 int sort;
7818 int access;
7819 int space_index;
7820 int alignment;
7821 int quadrant;
7822 asection *seg;
7823 {
7824 ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7825
7826 chain_entry = (ssd_chain_struct *) xmalloc (sizeof (ssd_chain_struct));
7827 if (!chain_entry)
7828 as_fatal (_("Out of memory: could not allocate new subspace chain entry: %s\n"), name);
7829
7830 SUBSPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7831 strcpy (SUBSPACE_NAME (chain_entry), name);
7832
7833 /* Initialize subspace_defined. When we hit a .subspace directive
7834 we'll set it to 1 which "locks-in" the subspace attributes. */
7835 SUBSPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = 0;
7836
7837 chain_entry->ssd_subseg = 0;
7838 chain_entry->ssd_seg = seg;
7839 chain_entry->ssd_next = NULL;
7840
7841 /* Find spot for the new subspace based on its sort key. */
7842 if (space->sd_subspaces == NULL)
7843 space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry;
7844 else
7845 {
7846 ssd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7847 ssd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer;
7848
7849 chain_pointer = space->sd_subspaces;
7850 prev_chain_pointer = NULL;
7851
7852 while (chain_pointer)
7853 {
7854 prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer;
7855 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->ssd_next;
7856 }
7857
7858 /* Now we have somewhere to put the new entry. Insert it and update
7859 the links. */
7860 if (prev_chain_pointer)
7861 {
7862 chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer;
7863 prev_chain_pointer->ssd_next = chain_entry;
7864 }
7865 else
7866 {
7867 space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry;
7868 chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer;
7869 }
7870 }
7871
7872 #ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes
7873 obj_set_subsection_attributes (seg, space->sd_seg, access,
7874 sort, quadrant);
7875 #endif
7876
7877 return chain_entry;
7878 }
7879
7880 /* Update the information for the given subspace based upon the
7881 various arguments. Return the modified subspace chain entry. */
7882
7883 static ssd_chain_struct *
7884 update_subspace (space, name, loadable, code_only, common, dup_common, sort,
7885 zero, access, space_index, alignment, quadrant, section)
7886 sd_chain_struct *space;
7887 char *name;
7888 int loadable;
7889 int code_only;
7890 int common;
7891 int dup_common;
7892 int zero;
7893 int sort;
7894 int access;
7895 int space_index;
7896 int alignment;
7897 int quadrant;
7898 asection *section;
7899 {
7900 ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7901
7902 chain_entry = is_defined_subspace (name);
7903
7904 #ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes
7905 obj_set_subsection_attributes (section, space->sd_seg, access,
7906 sort, quadrant);
7907 #endif
7908
7909 return chain_entry;
7910 }
7911
7912 /* Return the space chain entry for the space with the name NAME or
7913 NULL if no such space exists. */
7914
7915 static sd_chain_struct *
7916 is_defined_space (name)
7917 char *name;
7918 {
7919 sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7920
7921 for (chain_pointer = space_dict_root;
7922 chain_pointer;
7923 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next)
7924 {
7925 if (strcmp (SPACE_NAME (chain_pointer), name) == 0)
7926 return chain_pointer;
7927 }
7928
7929 /* No mapping from segment to space was found. Return NULL. */
7930 return NULL;
7931 }
7932
7933 /* Find and return the space associated with the given seg. If no mapping
7934 from the given seg to a space is found, then return NULL.
7935
7936 Unlike subspaces, the number of spaces is not expected to grow much,
7937 so a linear exhaustive search is OK here. */
7938
7939 static sd_chain_struct *
7940 pa_segment_to_space (seg)
7941 asection *seg;
7942 {
7943 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
7944
7945 /* Walk through each space looking for the correct mapping. */
7946 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
7947 space_chain;
7948 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
7949 {
7950 if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg)
7951 return space_chain;
7952 }
7953
7954 /* Mapping was not found. Return NULL. */
7955 return NULL;
7956 }
7957
7958 /* Return the space chain entry for the subspace with the name NAME or
7959 NULL if no such subspace exists.
7960
7961 Uses a linear search through all the spaces and subspaces, this may
7962 not be appropriate if we ever being placing each function in its
7963 own subspace. */
7964
7965 static ssd_chain_struct *
7966 is_defined_subspace (name)
7967 char *name;
7968 {
7969 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
7970 ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain;
7971
7972 /* Walk through each space. */
7973 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
7974 space_chain;
7975 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
7976 {
7977 /* Walk through each subspace looking for a name which matches. */
7978 for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces;
7979 subspace_chain;
7980 subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next)
7981 if (strcmp (SUBSPACE_NAME (subspace_chain), name) == 0)
7982 return subspace_chain;
7983 }
7984
7985 /* Subspace wasn't found. Return NULL. */
7986 return NULL;
7987 }
7988
7989 /* Find and return the subspace associated with the given seg. If no
7990 mapping from the given seg to a subspace is found, then return NULL.
7991
7992 If we ever put each procedure/function within its own subspace
7993 (to make life easier on the compiler and linker), then this will have
7994 to become more efficient. */
7995
7996 static ssd_chain_struct *
7997 pa_subsegment_to_subspace (seg, subseg)
7998 asection *seg;
7999 subsegT subseg;
8000 {
8001 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8002 ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain;
8003
8004 /* Walk through each space. */
8005 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8006 space_chain;
8007 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8008 {
8009 if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg)
8010 {
8011 /* Walk through each subspace within each space looking for
8012 the correct mapping. */
8013 for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces;
8014 subspace_chain;
8015 subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next)
8016 if (subspace_chain->ssd_subseg == (int) subseg)
8017 return subspace_chain;
8018 }
8019 }
8020
8021 /* No mapping from subsegment to subspace found. Return NULL. */
8022 return NULL;
8023 }
8024
8025 /* Given a number, try and find a space with the name number.
8026
8027 Return a pointer to a space dictionary chain entry for the space
8028 that was found or NULL on failure. */
8029
8030 static sd_chain_struct *
8031 pa_find_space_by_number (number)
8032 int number;
8033 {
8034 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8035
8036 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8037 space_chain;
8038 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8039 {
8040 if (SPACE_SPNUM (space_chain) == (unsigned int) number)
8041 return space_chain;
8042 }
8043
8044 /* No appropriate space found. Return NULL. */
8045 return NULL;
8046 }
8047
8048 /* Return the starting address for the given subspace. If the starting
8049 address is unknown then return zero. */
8050
8051 static unsigned int
8052 pa_subspace_start (space, quadrant)
8053 sd_chain_struct *space;
8054 int quadrant;
8055 {
8056 /* FIXME. Assumes everyone puts read/write data at 0x4000000, this
8057 is not correct for the PA OSF1 port. */
8058 if ((strcmp (SPACE_NAME (space), "$PRIVATE$") == 0) && quadrant == 1)
8059 return 0x40000000;
8060 else if (space->sd_seg == data_section && quadrant == 1)
8061 return 0x40000000;
8062 else
8063 return 0;
8064 return 0;
8065 }
8066
8067 /* FIXME. Needs documentation. */
8068 static int
8069 pa_next_subseg (space)
8070 sd_chain_struct *space;
8071 {
8072
8073 space->sd_last_subseg++;
8074 return space->sd_last_subseg;
8075 }
8076 #endif
8077
8078 /* Helper function for pa_stringer. Used to find the end of
8079 a string. */
8080
8081 static unsigned int
8082 pa_stringer_aux (s)
8083 char *s;
8084 {
8085 unsigned int c = *s & CHAR_MASK;
8086
8087 switch (c)
8088 {
8089 case '\"':
8090 c = NOT_A_CHAR;
8091 break;
8092 default:
8093 break;
8094 }
8095 return c;
8096 }
8097
8098 /* Handle a .STRING type pseudo-op. */
8099
8100 static void
8101 pa_stringer (append_zero)
8102 int append_zero;
8103 {
8104 char *s, num_buf[4];
8105 unsigned int c;
8106 int i;
8107
8108 /* Preprocess the string to handle PA-specific escape sequences.
8109 For example, \xDD where DD is a hexadecimal number should be
8110 changed to \OOO where OOO is an octal number. */
8111
8112 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8113 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8114 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8115 #endif
8116
8117 /* Skip the opening quote. */
8118 s = input_line_pointer + 1;
8119
8120 while (is_a_char (c = pa_stringer_aux (s++)))
8121 {
8122 if (c == '\\')
8123 {
8124 c = *s;
8125 switch (c)
8126 {
8127 /* Handle \x<num>. */
8128 case 'x':
8129 {
8130 unsigned int number;
8131 int num_digit;
8132 char dg;
8133 char *s_start = s;
8134
8135 /* Get past the 'x'. */
8136 s++;
8137 for (num_digit = 0, number = 0, dg = *s;
8138 num_digit < 2
8139 && (isdigit (dg) || (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f')
8140 || (dg >= 'A' && dg <= 'F'));
8141 num_digit++)
8142 {
8143 if (isdigit (dg))
8144 number = number * 16 + dg - '0';
8145 else if (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f')
8146 number = number * 16 + dg - 'a' + 10;
8147 else
8148 number = number * 16 + dg - 'A' + 10;
8149
8150 s++;
8151 dg = *s;
8152 }
8153 if (num_digit > 0)
8154 {
8155 switch (num_digit)
8156 {
8157 case 1:
8158 sprintf (num_buf, "%02o", number);
8159 break;
8160 case 2:
8161 sprintf (num_buf, "%03o", number);
8162 break;
8163 }
8164 for (i = 0; i <= num_digit; i++)
8165 s_start[i] = num_buf[i];
8166 }
8167 break;
8168 }
8169 /* This might be a "\"", skip over the escaped char. */
8170 default:
8171 s++;
8172 break;
8173 }
8174 }
8175 }
8176 stringer (append_zero);
8177 pa_undefine_label ();
8178 }
8179
8180 /* Handle a .VERSION pseudo-op. */
8181
8182 static void
8183 pa_version (unused)
8184 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8185 {
8186 obj_version (0);
8187 pa_undefine_label ();
8188 }
8189
8190 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8191
8192 /* Handle a .COMPILER pseudo-op. */
8193
8194 static void
8195 pa_compiler (unused)
8196 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8197 {
8198 obj_som_compiler (0);
8199 pa_undefine_label ();
8200 }
8201
8202 #endif
8203
8204 /* Handle a .COPYRIGHT pseudo-op. */
8205
8206 static void
8207 pa_copyright (unused)
8208 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8209 {
8210 obj_copyright (0);
8211 pa_undefine_label ();
8212 }
8213
8214 /* Just like a normal cons, but when finished we have to undefine
8215 the latest space label. */
8216
8217 static void
8218 pa_cons (nbytes)
8219 int nbytes;
8220 {
8221 cons (nbytes);
8222 pa_undefine_label ();
8223 }
8224
8225 /* Like float_cons, but we need to undefine our label. */
8226
8227 static void
8228 pa_float_cons (float_type)
8229 int float_type;
8230 {
8231 float_cons (float_type);
8232 pa_undefine_label ();
8233 }
8234
8235 /* Like s_fill, but delete our label when finished. */
8236
8237 static void
8238 pa_fill (unused)
8239 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8240 {
8241 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8242 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8243 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8244 #endif
8245
8246 s_fill (0);
8247 pa_undefine_label ();
8248 }
8249
8250 /* Like lcomm, but delete our label when finished. */
8251
8252 static void
8253 pa_lcomm (needs_align)
8254 int needs_align;
8255 {
8256 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8257 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8258 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8259 #endif
8260
8261 s_lcomm (needs_align);
8262 pa_undefine_label ();
8263 }
8264
8265 /* Like lsym, but delete our label when finished. */
8266
8267 static void
8268 pa_lsym (unused)
8269 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8270 {
8271 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8272 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8273 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8274 #endif
8275
8276 s_lsym (0);
8277 pa_undefine_label ();
8278 }
8279
8280 /* On the PA relocations which involve function symbols must not be
8281 adjusted. This so that the linker can know when/how to create argument
8282 relocation stubs for indirect calls and calls to static functions.
8283
8284 "T" field selectors create DLT relative fixups for accessing
8285 globals and statics in PIC code; each DLT relative fixup creates
8286 an entry in the DLT table. The entries contain the address of
8287 the final target (eg accessing "foo" would create a DLT entry
8288 with the address of "foo").
8289
8290 Unfortunately, the HP linker doesn't take into account any addend
8291 when generating the DLT; so accessing $LIT$+8 puts the address of
8292 $LIT$ into the DLT rather than the address of $LIT$+8.
8293
8294 The end result is we can't perform relocation symbol reductions for
8295 any fixup which creates entries in the DLT (eg they use "T" field
8296 selectors).
8297
8298 Reject reductions involving symbols with external scope; such
8299 reductions make life a living hell for object file editors.
8300
8301 FIXME. Also reject R_HPPA relocations which are 32bits wide in
8302 the code space. The SOM BFD backend doesn't know how to pull the
8303 right bits out of an instruction. */
8304
8305 int
8306 hppa_fix_adjustable (fixp)
8307 fixS *fixp;
8308 {
8309 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix;
8310
8311 hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
8312
8313 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8314 /* Reject reductions of symbols in 32bit relocs. */
8315 if (fixp->fx_r_type == R_HPPA && hppa_fix->fx_r_format == 32)
8316 return 0;
8317 #endif
8318
8319 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8320 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT
8321 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY)
8322 return 0;
8323 #endif
8324
8325 if (fixp->fx_addsy && (S_IS_EXTERNAL (fixp->fx_addsy)
8326 || S_IS_WEAK (fixp->fx_addsy)))
8327 return 0;
8328
8329 /* Reject reductions of symbols in sym1-sym2 expressions when
8330 the fixup will occur in a CODE subspace.
8331
8332 XXX FIXME: Long term we probably want to reject all of these;
8333 for example reducing in the debug section would lose if we ever
8334 supported using the optimizing hp linker. */
8335 if (fixp->fx_addsy
8336 && fixp->fx_subsy
8337 && (hppa_fix->segment->flags & SEC_CODE))
8338 {
8339 /* Apparently sy_used_in_reloc never gets set for sub symbols. */
8340 symbol_mark_used_in_reloc (fixp->fx_subsy);
8341 return 0;
8342 }
8343
8344 /* We can't adjust any relocs that use LR% and RR% field selectors.
8345
8346 If a symbol is reduced to a section symbol, the assembler will
8347 adjust the addend unless the symbol happens to reside right at
8348 the start of the section. Additionally, the linker has no choice
8349 but to manipulate the addends when coalescing input sections for
8350 "ld -r". Since an LR% field selector is defined to round the
8351 addend, we can't change the addend without risking that a LR% and
8352 it's corresponding (possible multiple) RR% field will no longer
8353 sum to the right value.
8354
8355 eg. Suppose we have
8356 . ldil LR%foo+0,%r21
8357 . ldw RR%foo+0(%r21),%r26
8358 . ldw RR%foo+4(%r21),%r25
8359
8360 If foo is at address 4092 (decimal) in section `sect', then after
8361 reducing to the section symbol we get
8362 . LR%sect+4092 == (L%sect)+0
8363 . RR%sect+4092 == (R%sect)+4092
8364 . RR%sect+4096 == (R%sect)-4096
8365 and the last address loses because rounding the addend to 8k
8366 mutiples takes us up to 8192 with an offset of -4096.
8367
8368 In cases where the LR% expression is identical to the RR% one we
8369 will never have a problem, but is so happens that gcc rounds
8370 addends involved in LR% field selectors to work around a HP
8371 linker bug. ie. We often have addresses like the last case
8372 above where the LR% expression is offset from the RR% one. */
8373
8374 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lrsel
8375 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rrsel
8376 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_nlrsel)
8377 return 0;
8378
8379 /* Reject reductions of symbols in DLT relative relocs,
8380 relocations with plabels. */
8381 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_tsel
8382 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_ltsel
8383 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rtsel
8384 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_psel
8385 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rpsel
8386 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lpsel)
8387 return 0;
8388
8389 /* Reject absolute calls (jumps). */
8390 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ABS_CALL)
8391 return 0;
8392
8393 /* Reject reductions of function symbols. */
8394 if (fixp->fx_addsy != 0 && S_IS_FUNCTION (fixp->fx_addsy))
8395 return 0;
8396
8397 return 1;
8398 }
8399
8400 /* Return nonzero if the fixup in FIXP will require a relocation,
8401 even it if appears that the fixup could be completely handled
8402 within GAS. */
8403
8404 int
8405 hppa_force_relocation (fixp)
8406 struct fix *fixp;
8407 {
8408 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp;
8409
8410 hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
8411 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8412 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ENTRY
8413 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_EXIT
8414 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB
8415 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_BRTAB
8416 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY
8417 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_TRY
8418 || (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL && fixp->fx_subsy != NULL
8419 && (hppa_fixp->segment->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0))
8420 return 1;
8421 #endif
8422 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8423 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT
8424 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY)
8425 return 1;
8426 #endif
8427
8428 assert (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL);
8429
8430 /* Ensure we emit a relocation for global symbols so that dynamic
8431 linking works. */
8432 if (S_IS_EXTERNAL (fixp->fx_addsy) || S_IS_WEAK (fixp->fx_addsy))
8433 return 1;
8434
8435 /* It is necessary to force PC-relative calls/jumps to have a relocation
8436 entry if they're going to need either a argument relocation or long
8437 call stub. */
8438 if (fixp->fx_pcrel
8439 && arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixp->fx_addsy),
8440 hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc))
8441 return 1;
8442
8443 /* Now check to see if we're going to need a long-branch stub. */
8444 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL)
8445 {
8446 valueT distance;
8447
8448 distance = (fixp->fx_offset + S_GET_VALUE (fixp->fx_addsy)
8449 - md_pcrel_from (fixp) - 8);
8450 if (distance + 8388608 >= 16777216
8451 || (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 17 && distance + 262144 >= 524288)
8452 || (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 12 && distance + 8192 >= 16384))
8453 return 1;
8454 }
8455
8456 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ABS_CALL)
8457 return 1;
8458
8459 /* No need (yet) to force another relocations to be emitted. */
8460 return 0;
8461 }
8462
8463 /* Now for some ELF specific code. FIXME. */
8464 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8465 /* Mark the end of a function so that it's possible to compute
8466 the size of the function in hppa_elf_final_processing. */
8467
8468 static void
8469 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ()
8470 {
8471 /* ELF does not have EXIT relocations. All we do is create a
8472 temporary symbol marking the end of the function. */
8473 char *name;
8474
8475 if (last_call_info == NULL || last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
8476 {
8477 /* We have already warned about a missing label,
8478 or other problems. */
8479 return;
8480 }
8481
8482 name = (char *) xmalloc (strlen ("L$\001end_")
8483 + strlen (S_GET_NAME (last_call_info->start_symbol))
8484 + 1);
8485 if (name)
8486 {
8487 symbolS *symbolP;
8488
8489 strcpy (name, "L$\001end_");
8490 strcat (name, S_GET_NAME (last_call_info->start_symbol));
8491
8492 /* If we have a .exit followed by a .procend, then the
8493 symbol will have already been defined. */
8494 symbolP = symbol_find (name);
8495 if (symbolP)
8496 {
8497 /* The symbol has already been defined! This can
8498 happen if we have a .exit followed by a .procend.
8499
8500 This is *not* an error. All we want to do is free
8501 the memory we just allocated for the name and continue. */
8502 xfree (name);
8503 }
8504 else
8505 {
8506 /* symbol value should be the offset of the
8507 last instruction of the function */
8508 symbolP = symbol_new (name, now_seg, (valueT) (frag_now_fix () - 4),
8509 frag_now);
8510
8511 assert (symbolP);
8512 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
8513 symbol_table_insert (symbolP);
8514 }
8515
8516 if (symbolP)
8517 last_call_info->end_symbol = symbolP;
8518 else
8519 as_bad (_("Symbol '%s' could not be created."), name);
8520
8521 }
8522 else
8523 as_bad (_("No memory for symbol name."));
8524
8525 }
8526
8527 /* For ELF, this function serves one purpose: to setup the st_size
8528 field of STT_FUNC symbols. To do this, we need to scan the
8529 call_info structure list, determining st_size in by taking the
8530 difference in the address of the beginning/end marker symbols. */
8531
8532 void
8533 elf_hppa_final_processing ()
8534 {
8535 struct call_info *call_info_pointer;
8536
8537 for (call_info_pointer = call_info_root;
8538 call_info_pointer;
8539 call_info_pointer = call_info_pointer->ci_next)
8540 {
8541 elf_symbol_type *esym
8542 = ((elf_symbol_type *)
8543 symbol_get_bfdsym (call_info_pointer->start_symbol));
8544 esym->internal_elf_sym.st_size =
8545 S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->end_symbol)
8546 - S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->start_symbol) + 4;
8547 }
8548 }
8549
8550 void
8551 pa_end_of_source ()
8552 {
8553 if (debug_type == DEBUG_DWARF2)
8554 dwarf2_finish ();
8555 }
8556
8557 static void
8558 pa_vtable_entry (ignore)
8559 int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8560 {
8561 struct fix *new_fix;
8562
8563 new_fix = obj_elf_vtable_entry (0);
8564
8565 if (new_fix)
8566 {
8567 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *)
8568 obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
8569 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA;
8570 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel;
8571 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32;
8572 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0;
8573 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
8574 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
8575 new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY;
8576 }
8577 }
8578
8579 static void
8580 pa_vtable_inherit (ignore)
8581 int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8582 {
8583 struct fix *new_fix;
8584
8585 new_fix = obj_elf_vtable_inherit (0);
8586
8587 if (new_fix)
8588 {
8589 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *)
8590 obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
8591 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA;
8592 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel;
8593 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32;
8594 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0;
8595 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
8596 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
8597 new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT;
8598 }
8599 }
8600 #endif